Table of Contents

 
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
 
FORM 10-Q

þ	 	QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the quarterly period ended July 31, 2011
Commission File Number 001-00566

GREIF, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

		
Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)	 	31-4388903
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	

425 Winter Road, Delaware, Ohio	 	43015	
 	 	 	
(Address of principal executive offices)	 	(Zip Code)	
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code (740) 549-6000
Not Applicable
Former name, former address and former fiscal year, if changed since last report.
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer þ	 	Accelerated filer o	 	Non-accelerated filer o	 	Smaller reporting company o	
 	 	 	 	(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	 	 	
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
The number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock at the close of business on August 31, 2011:

Class A Common Stock	 	24,965,662 shares	
Class B Common Stock	 	22,362,266 shares	

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

									
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION	
		CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS	
		CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS	
		CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS	
		NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
	ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
	ITEM 3. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK	
	ITEM 4. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION	
	ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS	
	ITEM 2. UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS	
	ITEM 6. EXHIBITS	
SIGNATURES	
Exhibit 31.1	
Exhibit 31.2	
Exhibit 32.1	
Exhibit 32.2	
Exhibit 99.1	
Exhibit 99.2	
Exhibit 99.3	
EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT	
EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT	
EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT	
EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT	
EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT	
EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT	

Table of Contents
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
GREIF, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three months ended	 	 	Nine months ended	 	
 	 	July 31,	 	 	July 31,	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Net sales	 	$	1,121,902	 	 	$	921,333	 	 	$	3,116,460	 	 	$	2,467,595	 	
Cost of products sold	 	 	910,571	 	 	 	730,294	 	 	 	2,521,690	 	 	 	1,970,328	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross profit	 	 	211,331	 	 	 	191,039	 	 	 	594,770	 	 	 	497,267	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	109,094	 	 	 	90,461	 	 	 	329,456	 	 	 	264,511	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	3,396	 	 	 	9,779	 	 	 	11,407	 	 	 	20,566	 	
(Gain) on disposal of properties, plants and equipment, net	 	 	(9,205	)	 	 	(4,875	)	 	 	(14,141	)	 	 	(6,904	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit	 	 	108,046	 	 	 	95,674	 	 	 	268,048	 	 	 	219,094	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Interest expense, net	 	 	18,435	 	 	 	15,935	 	 	 	53,817	 	 	 	47,582	 	
Other expense, net	 	 	4,495	 	 	 	713	 	 	 	9,911	 	 	 	4,372	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income tax expense and equity earnings of unconsolidated affilitates, net	 	 	85,116	 	 	 	79,026	 	 	 	204,320	 	 	 	167,140	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income tax expense	 	 	21,637	 	 	 	14,408	 	 	 	49,650	 	 	 	31,590	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax	 	 	1,495	 	 	 	3,141	 	 	 	1,992	 	 	 	3,272	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	64,974	 	 	 	67,759	 	 	 	156,662	 	 	 	138,822	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	 	(2,034	)	 	 	(1,784	)	 	 	(1,397	)	 	 	(5,394	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Greif, Inc.	 	$	62,940	 	 	$	65,975	 	 	$	155,265	 	 	$	133,428	 	

Basic earnings per share attributable to Greif, Inc. common shareholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class A Common Stock	 	$	1.08	 	 	$	1.13	 	 	$	2.66	 	 	$	2.29	 	
Class B Common Stock	 	$	1.61	 	 	$	1.70	 	 	$	3.98	 	 	$	3.43	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted earnings per share attributable to Greif, Inc. common shareholders:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class A Common Stock	 	$	1.07	 	 	$	1.12	 	 	$	2.65	 	 	$	2.28	 	
Class B Common Stock	 	$	1.61	 	 	$	1.70	 	 	$	3.98	 	 	$	3.43	 	
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 2 

Table of Contents

GREIF, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollars in thousands)
ASSETS
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	July 31, 2011	 	 	October 31, 2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	109,086	 	 	$	106,957	 	
Trade accounts receivable, less allowance of $12,732 in 2011 and $13,117 in 2010	 	 	588,820	 	 	 	480,158	 	
Inventories	 	 	484,777	 	 	 	396,572	 	
Deferred tax assets	 	 	18,723	 	 	 	19,526	 	
Net assets held for sale	 	 	23,036	 	 	 	28,407	 	
Current portion related party notes receivable	 	 	1,714	 	 	 	—	 	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	148,992	 	 	 	134,269	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	1,375,148	 	 	 	1,165,889	 	

Long-term assets	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill	 	 	794,794	 	 	 	709,725	 	
Other intangible assets, net of amortization	 	 	241,443	 	 	 	173,239	 	
Deferred tax assets	 	 	33,751	 	 	 	29,982	 	
Related party notes receivable	 	 	19,538	 	 	 	—	 	
Assets held by special purpose entities	 	 	50,891	 	 	 	50,891	 	
Other long-term assets	 	 	100,498	 	 	 	93,603	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	1,240,915	 	 	 	1,057,440	 	

Properties, plants and equipment	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Timber properties, net of depletion	 	 	215,790	 	 	 	215,537	 	
Land	 	 	126,078	 	 	 	121,409	 	
Buildings	 	 	446,345	 	 	 	411,437	 	
Machinery and equipment	 	 	1,491,135	 	 	 	1,302,597	 	
Capital projects in progress	 	 	131,493	 	 	 	112,300	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	2,410,841	 	 	 	2,163,280	 	
Accumulated depreciation	 	 	(1,023,012	)	 	 	(888,164	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	1,387,829	 	 	 	1,275,116	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	4,003,892	 	 	$	3,498,445	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 3 

Table of Contents
GREIF, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollars in thousands)
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	July 31, 2011	 	 	October 31, 2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	 	$	465,539	 	 	$	448,310	 	
Accrued payroll and employee benefits	 	 	99,713	 	 	 	90,887	 	
Restructuring reserves	 	 	14,074	 	 	 	20,238	 	
Current portion of long-term debt	 	 	12,500	 	 	 	12,523	 	
Short-term borrowings	 	 	117,412	 	 	 	60,908	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	 	 	7,282	 	 	 	5,091	 	
Other current liabilities	 	 	155,611	 	 	 	123,854	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	872,131	 	 	 	761,811	 	

Long-term liabilities	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt	 	 	1,255,823	 	 	 	953,066	 	
Deferred tax liabilities	 	 	180,283	 	 	 	180,486	 	
Pension liabilities	 	 	54,965	 	 	 	65,915	 	
Postretirement benefit obligations	 	 	22,825	 	 	 	21,555	 	
Liabilities held by special purpose entities	 	 	43,250	 	 	 	43,250	 	
Other long-term liabilities	 	 	101,585	 	 	 	116,930	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	1,658,731	 	 	 	1,381,202	 	

Shareholders’ equity	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stock, without par value	 	 	111,354	 	 	 	106,057	 	
Treasury stock, at cost	 	 	(120,043	)	 	 	(117,394	)	
Retained earnings	 	 	1,405,346	 	 	 	1,323,477	 	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
- foreign currency translation	 	 	44,763	 	 	 	44,612	 	
- interest rate and other derivatives	 	 	(419	)	 	 	(1,505	)	
- minimum pension liabilities	 	 	(77,312	)	 	 	(76,526	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Greif, Inc. shareholders’ equity	 	 	1,363,689	 	 	 	1,278,721	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Noncontrolling interests	 	 	109,341	 	 	 	76,711	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total shareholders’ equity	 	 	1,473,030	 	 	 	1,355,432	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	 	$	4,003,892	 	 	$	3,498,445	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 4 

Table of Contents

GREIF, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(UNAUDITED)
(Dollars in thousands)
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the nine months ended July 31,	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	156,662	 	 	$	138,822	 	
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation, depletion and amortization	 	 	102,617	 	 	 	84,927	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	3,331	 	 	 	2,356	 	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	(978	)	 	 	2,317	 	
Gain on disposals of properties, plants and equipment, net	 	 	(14,141	)	 	 	(6,904	)	
Equity earnings of affiliates	 	 	(1,992	)	 	 	(3,272	)	
Increase (decrease) in cash from changes in certain assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trade accounts receivable	 	 	(38,791	)	 	 	(83,713	)	
Inventories	 	 	(43,244	)	 	 	(92,845	)	
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	 	 	(3,735	)	 	 	(21,144	)	
Accounts payable	 	 	(80,640	)	 	 	(71,330	)	
Accrued payroll and employee benefits	 	 	6,343	 	 	 	1,774	 	
Restructuring reserves	 	 	(6,164	)	 	 	2,478	 	
Other current liabilities	 	 	19,647	 	 	 	29,981	 	
Pension and postretirement benefit liabilities	 	 	(9,680	)	 	 	2,555	 	
Other long-term assets, other long-term liabilities and other	 	 	(66,511	)	 	 	31,773	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	 	22,724	 	 	 	17,775	 	

Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisitions of companies, net of cash acquired	 	 	(185,703	)	 	 	(152,739	)	
Purchases of properties, plants and equipment	 	 	(117,821	)	 	 	(101,046	)	
Purchases of timber properties	 	 	(3,400	)	 	 	(19,500	)	
Proceeds from the sale of properties, plants, equipment and other assets	 	 	17,909	 	 	 	13,034	 	
Issuance of notes receivable to related party	 	 	(21,252	)	 	 	—	 	
Purchases of land rights	 	 	(650	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(310,917	)	 	 	(260,251	)	

Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	 	 	2,804,521	 	 	 	2,351,553	 	
Payments on long-term debt	 	 	(2,492,200	)	 	 	(2,231,012	)	
Proceeds from short-term borrowings, net	 	 	55,213	 	 	 	20,554	 	
Proceeds from (payments of) trade accounts receivable credit facility, net	 	 	(10,000	)	 	 	117,800	 	
Dividends paid	 	 	(73,396	)	 	 	(68,607	)	
Exercise of stock options	 	 	2,161	 	 	 	1,164	 	
Acquisitions of treasury stock and other	 	 	(3,060	)	 	 	(2,696	)	
Restricted stock awards	 	 	(318	)	 	 	—	 	
Settlement of derivatives	 	 	—	 	 	 	29,248	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by financing activities	 	 	282,921	 	 	 	218,004	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effects of exchange rates on cash	 	 	7,401	 	 	 	(3,250	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	 	 	2,129	 	 	 	(27,722	)	
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period	 	 	106,957	 	 	 	111,896	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	 	$	109,086	 	 	$	84,174	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 5 

Table of Contents
GREIF, INC. AND SUBSIDIARY COMPANIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
July 31, 2011
NOTE 1 — BASIS OF PRESENTATION AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Basis of Presentation
The information furnished herein reflects all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the consolidated balance sheets as of July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010 and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three month and nine month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 of Greif, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the “Company”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, all wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries and investments in limited liability companies, partnerships and joint ventures in which it has controlling influence. Non-majority owned entities include investments in limited liability companies, partnerships and joint ventures in which the Company does not have controlling influence.
The unaudited consolidated financial statements included in the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (this “Form 10-Q”) should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended October 31, 2010 (the “2010 Form 10-K”). Note 1 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” from the 2010 Form 10-K is specifically incorporated in this Form 10-Q by reference. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements have been included and are of a normal and recurring nature.
The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) instructions to Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and include all of the information and disclosures required by accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) for interim financial reporting. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual amounts could differ from those estimates.
The Company’s fiscal year begins on November 1 and ends on October 31 of the following year. Any references to the year 2011 or 2010, or to any quarter of those years, relates to the fiscal year or quarter, as the case may be, ending in that year.
Certain and appropriate prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.
Newly Adopted Accounting Standards
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 860, “Transfers and Servicing”. The amendment to ASC 860 requires an enterprise to evaluate whether the transaction is legally isolated from the Company and whether the results of the transaction are consolidated within the consolidated financial statements. The Company adopted the new guidance beginning November 1, 2010, and the adoption of the new guidance did not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows, other than the related disclosures.
In June 2009, the FASB amended ASC 810, “Consolidation”. The amendment to ASC 810 changed the methodology for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) from a quantitative risk and rewards based model to a qualitative determination. It also requires enhanced disclosures that will provide users of financial statements with more transparent information about an enterprise’s involvement in a VIE. Accordingly, the Company reevaluated its previous ASC 810 conclusions, including (1) whether an entity is a VIE, (2) whether the enterprise is the VIE’s primary beneficiary, and (3) what type of financial statement disclosures are required. The Company adopted the new guidance beginning November 1, 2010, and the adoption of the new guidance did not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows, other than the related disclosures.
 
 6 

Table of Contents
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
Effective July 1, 2009, changes to the ASC are communicated through an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”). As of July 31, 2011, the FASB has issued ASU’s 2009-01 through 2011-07. The Company has reviewed each ASU and determined that they will not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows, other than the related disclosures.
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29 “Business Combinations: Disclosure of supplementary pro forma information for business combinations”. The amendment to ASC 805 “Business Combinations” requires a public entity to disclose pro forma information for business combinations that occurred in the current reporting period. The disclosures include pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the year had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the comparable prior reporting period should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. The Company will adopt the new guidance beginning November 1, 2011, and the adoption of the new guidance will not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows, other than the related disclosures.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 “Comprehensive Income: Presentation of comprehensive income.” The amendment to ASC 220 “Comprehensive Income” requires that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In the two-statement approach, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed consecutively by a second statement that should present total other comprehensive income, the components of other comprehensive income, and the total of comprehensive income. The Company will adopt the new guidance beginning November 1, 2011, and the adoption of the new guidance will not impact the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows, other than the related disclosures.
NOTE 2 — ACQUISITIONS, DIVESTITURES AND OTHER SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS
(Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	# of	 	 	Purchase Price,	 	 	 	 	 	 	Operating	 	 	Tangible	 	 	Intangible	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Acquisitions	 	 	net of Cash	 	 	Revenue	 	 	Profit	 	 	Assets, net	 	 	Assets	 	 	Goodwill	 	
Total 2011 Acquisitions	 	 	5	 	 	$	185,703	 	 	$	24,590	 	 	$	3,490	 	 	$	62,359	 	 	$	80,958	 	 	$	66,329	 	
Total 2010 Acquisitions	 	 	12	 	 	$	176,156	 	 	$	268,443	 	 	$	19,042	 	 	$	108,991	 	 	$	49,467	 	 	$	129,830	 	
Note: Purchase price, net of cash acquired, does not factor payments for earn-out provisions on prior acquisitions. Revenue and operating profit represent activity only in the year of acquisition.
During the first nine months of 2011, the Company completed five acquisitions consisting of four rigid industrial packaging companies and the acquisition of the minority shareholding from a 2008 acquisition of a rigid industrial packaging company. The acquired rigid industrial packaging companies included a European company purchased in February 2011, a European company purchased in May 2011 and a European company purchased in July 2011. Additionally, the company acquired the remaining minority shareholdings in an already consolidated South American acquisition from 2008 and a minority ownership interest in a North American company. The rigid industrial packaging acquisitions are expected to complement the Company’s existing product lines that together will provide growth opportunities and economies of scale. The estimated fair value of the net tangible assets acquired was $62.4 million. Identifiable intangible assets, with a combined fair value of $81.0 million, including trade names, customer relationships, and certain non-compete agreements, have been recorded for these acquisitions. The excess of the purchase prices over the estimated fair values of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired of $66.3 million was recorded as goodwill.
During 2010, the Company completed twelve acquisitions consisting of seven rigid industrial packaging companies and five flexible products companies and made a contingent purchase price payment related to a 2008 acquisition. The seven rigid industrial packaging companies consisted of a European company purchased in November 2009, an Asian company purchased in June 2010, a North American drum reconditioning company purchased in July 2010, a North American drum reconditioning company purchased in August 2010, a European company purchased in August 2010, a 51 percent interest in a Middle Eastern company purchased in September 2010 and a South American company purchased in September 2010. The five flexible products companies acquired conduct business throughout Europe, Asia and North America and were acquired in February, June, August and September 2010. The rigid industrial packaging acquisitions are expected to complement the Company’s existing product lines that together will provide growth opportunities and economies of scale. The drum reconditioning acquisitions, within our Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment, and the flexible products acquisitions expand the Company’s product and service offerings. The estimated fair value of the net tangible assets acquired was $109.0 million. Identifiable intangible assets, with a combined fair value of $49.5 million, including trade-names, customer relationships, and certain non-compete agreements, have been recorded for these acquisitions. The excess of the purchase prices over the estimated fair values of the net tangible and intangible assets acquired of $129.8 million was recorded as goodwill.
 
 7 

Table of Contents
The five flexible products companies were contributed to a joint venture on September 29, 2010. See “Flexible Products Joint Venture” included in Note 8 for additional information on this joint venture. The aggregate purchase price in the table above includes the reimbursement of $98.2 million received from the other joint venture partner relating to its investment and reimbursement of certain costs.
Had the transactions described above occurred on November 1, 2009, results of operations would not have differed materially from reported results.
NOTE 3 — SALE OF NON-UNITED STATES ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE
Pursuant to the terms of a Receivable Purchase Agreement (the “RPA”) between Greif Coordination Center BVBA, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Greif, Inc., and a major international bank, the seller agreed to sell trade receivables meeting certain eligibility requirements that seller had purchased from other indirect wholly-owned subsidiaries of Greif, Inc., including Greif Belgium BVBA, Greif Germany GmbH, Greif Nederland BV, Greif Packaging Belgium NV, Greif Spain SA, Greif Sweden AB, Greif Packaging Norway AS, Greif Packaging France, SAS, Greif Packaging Spain SA, Greif Portugal Lda and Greif UK Ltd, under discounted receivables purchase agreements and from Greif France SAS under a factoring agreement. This agreement is amended from time to time to add additional Greif entities. In addition, Greif Italia S.P.A. also an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Greif, Inc., entered into the Italian Receivables Purchase Agreement with the Italian branch of the major international bank (the “Italian RPA”) agreeing to sell trade receivables that meet certain eligibility criteria to such branch. The Italian RPA is similar in structure and terms as the RPA. The maximum amount of receivables that may be financed under the RPA and the Italian RPA is €115 million ($166.9 million) at July 31, 2011.
In October 2007, Greif Singapore Pte. Ltd., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Greif, Inc., entered into the Singapore Receivable Purchase Agreement (the “Singapore RPA”) with a major international bank. The maximum amount of aggregate receivables that may be financed under the Singapore RPA is 15.0 million Singapore Dollars ($12.5 million) at July 31, 2011.
In October 2008, Greif Embalagens Industriais do Brasil Ltda., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Greif, Inc., entered into agreements (the “Brazil Agreements”) with Brazilian banks. There is no maximum amount of aggregate receivables that may be financed under the Brazil Agreements; however, the sale of individual receivables is subject to approval by the banks.
In May 2009, Greif Malaysia Sdn Bhd., an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Greif, Inc., entered into the Malaysian Receivables Purchase Agreement (the “Malaysian Agreements”) with Malaysian banks. The maximum amount of the aggregate receivables that may be financed under the Malaysian Agreements is 15.0 million Malaysian Ringgits ($5.1 million) at July 31, 2011.
The structure of the transactions provide for a legal true sale, on a revolving basis, of the receivables transferred from the various Greif, Inc. subsidiaries to the respective banks. The bank funds an initial purchase price of a certain percentage of eligible receivables based on a formula with the initial purchase price approximating 75 percent to 90 percent of eligible receivables. The remaining deferred purchase price is settled upon collection of the receivables. At the balance sheet reporting dates, the Company removes from accounts receivable the amount of proceeds received from the initial purchase price since they meet the applicable criteria of ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing”, and continues to recognize the deferred purchase price in its accounts receivable. At the time the receivables are initially sold, the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the assets sold are included as a loss on sale in the consolidated statements of operations. The receivables are sold on a non-recourse basis with the total funds in the servicing collection accounts pledged to the banks between settlement dates.
 
 8 

Table of Contents
At July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, €112.8 million ($163.6 million) and €117.6 million ($162.9 million), respectively, of accounts receivable were sold under the RPA and Italian RPA. At July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, 8.6 million Singapore Dollars ($7.1 million) and 6.7 million Singapore Dollars ($5.4 million), respectively, of accounts receivable were sold under the Singapore RPA. At July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, 16.9 million Brazilian Reais ($11.0 million) and 11.7 million Brazilian Reais ($6.9 million), respectively, of accounts receivable were sold under the Brazil Agreements. At July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, 10.7 million Malaysian Ringgits ($3.6 million) and 6.3 million Malaysian Ringgits ($2.0 million), respectively, of accounts receivable were sold under the Malaysian Agreements.
Expenses associated with the RPA and Italian RPA totaled €0.8 million ($1.1 million) and €0.8 million ($1.0 million) for the three months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively; and €2.3 million ($3.1 million) and €2.2 million ($2.9 million) for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Expenses associated with the Singapore RPA totaled 0.1 million Singapore Dollars ($0.1 million) and 0.1 million Singapore Dollars ($0.1 million) for the three months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively; and 0.3 million Singapore Dollars ($0.3 million) and 0.3 million Singapore Dollars ($0.3 million) for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Expenses associated with the Brazil Agreements totaled 0.8 million Brazilian Reais ($0.5 million) and 1.2 million Brazilian Reais ($0.7 million) for the three months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively; and 2.6 million Brazilian Reais ($1.6 million) and 3.3 million Brazilian Reais ($1.9 million) for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Expenses associated with the Malaysian Agreements totaled 0.2 million Malaysian Ringgits ($0.1 million) and were insignificant for the three months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively; and 0.6 million Malaysian Ringgits ($0.2 million) and 0.1 million Malaysian Ringgits ($0.1 million) for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Additionally, the Company performs collections and administrative functions on the receivables sold similar to the procedures it uses for collecting all of its receivables, including receivables that are not sold under the RPA, the Italian RPA, the Singapore RPA, the Brazil Agreements, and the Malaysian Agreements. The servicing liability for these receivables is not material to the consolidated financial statements.
NOTE 4 — INVENTORIES
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market, utilizing the first-in, first-out basis. Inventories are summarized as follows (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	July 31,	 	 	October 31,	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Finished Goods	 	$	115,008	 	 	$	92,469	 	
Raw materials and work-in-process	 	 	369,769	 	 	 	304,103	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	484,777	 	 	$	396,572	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NOTE 5 — NET ASSETS HELD FOR SALE
As of July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, there were fourteen and sixteen locations with assets held for sale, respectively. During the first nine months of 2011, the Company sold three locations, added four locations and three locations were placed back in service and depreciation was resumed. The net assets held for sale are being marketed for sale and it is the Company’s intention to complete the facility sales within the upcoming year. For the three months ended July 31, 2011, there were sales of other miscellaneous equipment which resulted in a $0.2 million loss. For the nine months ended July 31, 2011, there was a sale of a location in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment which resulted in a $2.6 million gain, a sale of a location in the Paper Packaging segment which resulted in a $1.2 million gain and sales of other miscellaneous equipment which resulted in a $0.3 million loss.
 
 9 

Table of Contents
NOTE 6 — GOODWILL AND OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS
The following table summarizes the changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment for the nine month period ended July 31, 2011 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Rigid Industrial	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Packaging &	 	 	Flexible Products &	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Services	 	 	Services	 	 	Paper Packaging	 	 	Land Management	 	 	Total	 	
Balance at October 31, 2010	 	$	570,661	 	 	$	78,261	 	 	$	60,653	 	 	$	150	 	 	$	709,725	 	
Goodwill acquired	 	 	66,329	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	66,329	 	
Goodwill adjustments	 	 	3,325	 	 	 	(1,632	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,693	 	
Currency translation	 	 	13,365	 	 	 	3,682	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	17,047	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at July 31, 2011	 	$	653,680	 	 	$	80,311	 	 	$	60,653	 	 	$	150	 	 	$	794,794	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The goodwill acquired during 2011 of $66.3 million consisted of preliminary goodwill related to acquisitions in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment. The goodwill adjustments increased goodwill by a net amount of $1.7 million related to the finalization of purchase price allocation of prior year acquisitions. Certain business combinations that occurred at or near year end were recorded with provisional estimates for fair value based on management’s best estimate.
The following table summarizes the carrying amount of net intangible assets by class as of July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	Net Intangible	 	
 	 	Gross Intangible Assets	 	 	Amortization	 	 	Assets	 	
October 31, 2010:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trademark and patents	 	$	42,878	 	 	$	17,184	 	 	$	25,694	 	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	20,456	 	 	 	7,774	 	 	 	12,682	 	
Customer relationships	 	 	153,131	 	 	 	27,091	 	 	 	126,040	 	
Other	 	 	15,235	 	 	 	6,412	 	 	 	8,823	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	231,700	 	 	$	58,461	 	 	$	173,239	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
July 31, 2011:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trademark and patents	 	$	54,422	 	 	$	20,912	 	 	$	33,510	 	
Non-compete agreements	 	 	27,055	 	 	 	8,822	 	 	 	18,233	 	
Customer relationships	 	 	212,393	 	 	 	35,365	 	 	 	177,028	 	
Other	 	 	21,874	 	 	 	9,202	 	 	 	12,672	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	315,744	 	 	$	74,301	 	 	$	241,443	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Gross intangible assets increased by $84.0 million for the nine month period ended July 31, 2011. The increase in gross intangible assets was attributable to $81.0 million in preliminary purchase price allocations related to three of the 2011 acquisitions in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment, $7.2 million was attributable to currency fluctuations, a $3.0 million non-cash impairment charge related to the discontinued usage of certain trade names in the Flexible Products & Services segment and $1.2 million in other adjustments. Amortization expense for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 was $12.4 million and $10.0 million, respectively. Amortization expense for the next five years is expected to be $5.7 million in 2011, $17.1 million in 2012, $20.3 million in 2013, $19.5 million in 2014 and $18.4 million in 2015.
All intangible assets for the periods presented are subject to amortization and are being amortized using the straight-line method over periods that range from three to 23 years, except for $20.8 million related to the Tri-Sure trademark and the trade names related to Blagden Express, Closed-loop, Box Board and Fustiplast, all of which have indefinite lives.
The Company reviews goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment by reporting unit as required by ASC 350, “Intangibles — Goodwill and Other”, on an annual basis and when events and circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. A reporting unit is the operating segment, or a business one level below that operating segment if discrete financial information is prepared and regularly reviewed by segment management.
 
 10 

Table of Contents
During the fiscal third quarter, the Flexible Products & Services segment made the strategic decision to announce the intention to rebrand the acquired companies of Storsack, Sunjut, Unsa and Ligtermoet under the Greif Flexibles brand globally. As a result, the Company recorded a non-cash impairment charge of $3.0 million included in selling, general and administrative expenses against the intangible asset value of the legacy companies trade names.
The Company’s business segments have been identified as reporting units and the Company concluded that no other impairment or impairment indicators exist at this time.
NOTE 7 — RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
The following is a reconciliation of the beginning and ending restructuring reserve balances for the nine month period ended July 31, 2011 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Non-cash	 	
 	 	Cash Charges	 	 	Charges	 	
 	 	Employee	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Separation	 	 	 	 	 	Asset	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Costs	 	 	Other Costs	 	 	Impairments	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at October 31, 2010	 	$	12,668	 	 	$	7,570	 	 	$	—	 	 	$	20,238	 	
Costs incurred and charged to expense	 	 	6,197	 	 	 	4,841	 	 	 	369	 	 	 	11,407	 	
Costs paid or otherwise settled	 	 	(11,453	)	 	 	(6,008	)	 	 	(110	)	 	 	(17,571	)	

Balance at July 31, 2011	 	$	7,412	 	 	$	6,403	 	 	$	259	 	 	$	14,074	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The focus for restructuring activities in 2011 continues to be on the integration of recent acquisitions in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services and Flexible Products & Services segments. During the first nine months of 2011, the Company recorded restructuring charges of $11.4 million, which compares to $20.7 million of restructuring charges during the first nine months of 2010. The restructuring activity for the nine month period ended July 31, 2011 consisted of $6.2 million in employee separation costs, $0.4 million in asset impairments and $4.8 million in other costs. The $6.2 million in employee separation costs relates to the realignment of the Company’s management structure, plant closings and prior year acquisitions. The $4.8 million in other costs relates to professional fees and other administrative costs. The restructuring activity for the nine month period ended July 31, 2010 consisted of $11.4 million in employee separation costs, $2.4 million in asset impairments and $6.9 million in other costs.
 
 11 

Table of Contents
The following is a reconciliation of the total amounts expected to be incurred from open restructuring plans which are anticipated to be realized in 2011 and 2012 or plans that are being formulated and have not been announced as of the date of this Form 10-Q (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Amounts Expected	 	 	Three months ended	 	 	Nine months ended	 	 	Amounts Remaining	 	
 	 	to be Incurred	 	 	July 31, 2011	 	 	July 31, 2011	 	 	to be Incurred	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Employee separation costs	 	$	4,064	 	 	$	2,015	 	 	$	4,055	 	 	$	9	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	333	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	333	 	 	 	—	 	
Other restructuring costs	 	 	8,587	 	 	 	1,397	 	 	 	3,572	 	 	 	5,015	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	12,984	 	 	 	3,412	 	 	 	7,960	 	 	 	5,024	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Employee separation costs	 	 	2,834	 	 	 	652	 	 	 	2,834	 	 	 	—	 	
Other restructuring costs	 	 	1,307	 	 	 	30	 	 	 	1,080	 	 	 	227	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	4,141	 	 	 	682	 	 	 	3,914	 	 	 	227	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Employee separation costs	 	 	—	 	 	 	(701	)	 	 	(685	)	 	 	—	 	
Asset impairments	 	 	36	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	36	 	 	 	—	 	
Other restructuring costs	 	 	189	 	 	 	3	 	 	 	189	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	225	 	 	 	(698	)	 	 	(460	)	 	 	—	 	
Land Management	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Employee separation costs	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(7	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	$	17,350	 	 	$	3,396	 	 	$	11,407	 	 	$	5,251	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The gain recognized within the Paper Packaging segment reflects actual expenditures being less than originally estimated for completed restructuring activities.
NOTE 8 — VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
The Company evaluates whether an entity is a VIE and determines if the primary beneficiary status is appropriate on a quarterly basis. The Company consolidates VIE’s for which it is the primary beneficiary. If the Company is not the primary beneficiary and an ownership interest is held, the VIE is accounted for under the equity or cost methods of accounting. When assessing the determination of the primary beneficiary, the Company considers all relevant facts and circumstances, including: the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb the expected losses and/or the right to receive the expected returns of the VIE.
During 2011, Greif, Inc., through its wholly-owned subsidiary Greif Packaging LLC, acquired a minority ownership interest in an entity that is accounted for as an unconsolidated equity investment. This entity is deemed to be a VIE since the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. However, the Company is not the primary beneficiary because it does not have (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, or (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. As a result, this entity is not consolidated in the Company’s results.
Significant Nonstrategic Timberland Transactions
On March 28, 2005, Soterra LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary) entered into two real estate purchase and sale agreements with Plum Creek Timberlands, L.P. (“Plum Creek”) to sell approximately 56,000 acres of timberland and related assets located primarily in Florida for an aggregate sales price of approximately $90 million, subject to closing adjustments. In connection with the closing of one of these agreements, Soterra LLC sold approximately 35,000 acres of timberland and associated assets in Florida, Georgia and Alabama for $51.0 million, resulting in a pretax gain of $42.1 million, on May 23, 2005. The purchase price was paid in the form of cash and a $50.9 million purchase note payable (the “Purchase Note”) by an indirect subsidiary of Plum Creek (the “Buyer SPE”). Soterra LLC contributed the Purchase Note to STA Timber LLC (“STA Timber”), one of the Company’s indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. The Purchase Note is secured by a Deed of Guarantee issued by Bank of America, N.A., London Branch, in an amount not to exceed $52.3 million (the “Deed of Guarantee”), as a guarantee of the due and punctual payment of principal and interest on the Purchase Note.
 
 12 

Table of Contents
On May 31, 2005, STA Timber issued in a private placement its 5.20% Senior Secured Notes due August 5, 2020 (the “Monetization Notes”) in the principal amount of $43.3 million. In connection with the sale of the Monetization Notes, STA Timber entered into note purchase agreements with the purchasers of the Monetization Notes (the “Note Purchase Agreements”) and related documentation. The Monetization Notes are secured by a pledge of the Purchase Note and the Deed of Guarantee. The Monetization Notes may be accelerated in the event of a default in payment or a breach of the other obligations set forth therein or in the Note Purchase Agreements or related documents, subject in certain cases to any applicable cure periods, or upon the occurrence of certain insolvency or bankruptcy related events. The Monetization Notes are subject to a mechanism that may cause them, subject to certain conditions, to be extended to November 5, 2020. The proceeds from the sale of the Monetization Notes were primarily used for the repayment of indebtedness. Greif, Inc. and its other subsidiaries have not extended any form of guaranty of the principal or interest on the Monetization Notes. Accordingly, Greif, Inc. and its other subsidiaries will not become directly or contingently liable for the payment of the Monetization Notes at any time.
The Buyer SPE is deemed to be a VIE since the assets of the Buyer SPE are not available to satisfy the liabilities of the Buyer SPE. The Buyer SPE is a separate and distinct legal entity from the Company, but the Company is the primary beneficiary because it has (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. As a result, Buyer SPE has been consolidated into the operations of the Company.
At July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, assets of the Buyer SPE consisted of $50.9 million of restricted bank financial instruments. For the nine month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, the Buyer SPE recorded interest income of $1.8 million, respectively.
At July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, STA Timber had long-term debt of $43.3 million. For the nine month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, STA Timber recorded interest expense of $1.7 million, respectively. STA Timber is exposed to credit-related losses in the event of nonperformance by the issuer of the Deed of Guarantee.
Flexible Products Joint Venture
On September 29, 2010, Greif, Inc. and its indirect subsidiary Greif International Holding Supra C.V. (“Greif Supra,”) formed a joint venture (referred to herein as the “Flexible Products JV”) with Dabbagh Group Holding Company Limited and its subsidiary National Scientific Company Limited (“NSC”). The Flexible Products JV owns the operations in the Flexible Products & Services segment, with the exception of the North American multi-wall bag business. The Flexible Products JV has been consolidated into the operations of the Company as of its formation date of September 29, 2010.
The Flexible Products JV is deemed to be a VIE since the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. The Company is the primary beneficiary because it has (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
The economic and business purpose underlying the Flexible Products JV is to establish a global industrial flexible products enterprise through a series of targeted acquisitions and major investments in plant, machinery and equipment. All entities contributed to the Flexible Products JV were existing businesses acquired by Greif Supra and that were reorganized under Greif Flexibles Asset Holding B.V. and Greif Flexibles Trading Holding B.V. (“Asset Co.” and “Trading Co.”), respectively. The Company has 51% ownership in Trading Co. and 49% ownership in Asset Co. However, Greif Supra and NSC have equal economic interests in the Flexible Products JV, notwithstanding the actual ownership interests in the various legal entities.
All investments, loans and capital contributions are to be shared equally by Greif Supra and NSC and each partner has committed to contribute capital of up to $150 million and obtain third party financing for up to $150 million as required.
 
 13 

Table of Contents
The following table presents the Flexible Products JV total net assets (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
July 31, 2011	 	Asset Co.	 	 	Trading Co.	 	 	Flexible Products JV	 	
Total assets	 	$	191,907	 	 	$	177,288	 	 	$	369,195	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	86,324	 	 	 	69,667	 	 	 	155,991	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net assets	 	$	105,583	 	 	$	107,621	 	 	$	213,204	 	

October 31, 2010	 	Asset Co.	 	 	Trading Co.	 	 	Flexible Products JV	 	
Total assets	 	$	187,727	 	 	$	166,956	 	 	$	354,683	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	79,243	 	 	 	65,033	 	 	 	144,276	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net assets	 	$	108,484	 	 	$	101,923	 	 	$	210,407	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income (loss) attributable to the non controlling interest in the Flexible Products JV for the three and nine months ended July 31, 2011 was $0.1 million and ($3.5) million respectively.
NOTE 9 — LONG-TERM DEBT
Long-term debt is summarized as follows (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	July 31, 2011	 	 	October 31, 2010	 	
Credit Agreement	 	$	284,251	 	 	$	273,700	 	
Senior Notes due 2017	 	 	302,989	 	 	 	303,396	 	
Senior Notes due 2019	 	 	242,771	 	 	 	242,306	 	
Senior Notes due 2021	 	 	290,220	 	 	 	—	 	
Trade accounts receivable credit facility	 	 	125,000	 	 	 	135,000	 	
Other long-term debt	 	 	23,092	 	 	 	11,187	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	1,268,323	 	 	 	965,589	 	
Less current portion	 	 	(12,500	)	 	 	(12,523	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt	 	$	1,255,823	 	 	$	953,066	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Credit Agreement
On October 29, 2010, the Company obtained a $1.0 billion senior secured credit facility pursuant to an Amended and Restated Credit Agreement with a syndicate of financial institutions (the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit Agreement provides for a $750 million revolving multicurrency credit facility and a $250 million term loan, both expiring October 29, 2015, with an option to add $250 million to the facilities with the agreement of the lenders. The $250 million term loan is scheduled to amortize by $3.1 million each quarter-end for the first eight quarters, $6.3 million each quarter-end for the next eleven quarters and $156.3 million on the maturity date.
The Credit Agreement is available to fund ongoing working capital and capital expenditure needs, for general corporate purposes and to finance acquisitions. Interest is based on a Eurodollar rate or a base rate that resets periodically plus a calculated margin amount. As of July 31, 2011, $284.3 million was outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The current portion of the Credit Agreement was $12.5 million and the long-term portion was $271.8 million. The weighted average interest rate on the Credit Agreement was 2.13% for the nine months ended July 31, 2011.
The Credit Agreement contains financial covenants that require the Company to maintain a certain leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio. At July 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.
 
 14 

Table of Contents
Senior Notes due 2017
On February 9, 2007, the Company issued $300.0 million of 6.75% Senior Notes due February 1, 2017. Interest on these Senior Notes is payable semi-annually. Proceeds from the issuance of these Senior Notes were principally used to fund the purchase of previously outstanding 8.875% Senior Subordinated Notes in a tender offer and for general corporate purposes.
The fair value of these Senior Notes due 2017 was $319.5 million at July 31, 2011 based upon quoted market prices. The indenture pursuant to which these Senior Notes were issued contains certain covenants. At July 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.
Senior Notes due 2019
On July 28, 2009, the Company issued $250.0 million of 7.75% Senior Notes due August 1, 2019. Interest on these Senior Notes is payable semi-annually. Proceeds from the issuance of these Senior Notes were principally used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of amounts outstanding under the Company’s revolving multicurrency credit facility, without any permanent reduction of the commitments.
The fair value of these Senior Notes due 2019 was $273.1 million at July 31, 2011, based upon quoted market prices. The indenture pursuant to which these Senior Notes were issued contains certain covenants. At July 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.
Senior Notes due 2021
On July 15, 2011, Greif, Inc.’s wholly-owned Luxembourg subsidiary, Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A., issued €200.0 million of 7.375% Senior Notes due July 15, 2021. These Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by Greif, Inc. Interest on these Senior Notes is payable semi-annually. A portion of the proceeds from the issuance of these Senior Notes was used to repay non-U.S. borrowings under the Company’s revolving multicurrency credit facility, without any permanent reduction of the commitments, and the remaining proceeds are available for general corporate purposes, including the financing of acquisitions.
The fair value of these Senior Notes due 2021 was $293.1 million at July 31, 2011, based upon quoted market prices. The indenture pursuant to which these Senior Notes were issued contains certain covenants. At July 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.
United States Trade Accounts Receivable Credit Facility
On December 8, 2008, the Company entered into a $135.0 million trade accounts receivable credit facility with a financial institution and its affiliate, as purchasers, with a maturity date of December 8, 2013, subject to earlier termination of the purchasers’ commitment on September 29, 2011, or such later date to which the purchase commitment may be extended by agreement of the parties. The credit facility is secured by certain of the Company’s trade accounts receivable in the United States and bears interest at a variable rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a margin or other agreed-upon rate (0.75% at July 31, 2011). In addition, the Company can terminate the credit facility at any time upon five days prior written notice. A significant portion of the initial proceeds from this credit facility was used to pay the obligations under the previous trade accounts receivable credit facility, which was terminated. The remaining proceeds were and will be used to pay certain fees, costs and expenses incurred in connection with the credit facility and for working capital and general corporate purposes. At July 31, 2011, there was $125.0 million outstanding under the credit facility. The agreement for this credit facility contains financial covenants that require the Company to maintain a certain leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio. At July 31, 2011, the Company was in compliance with these covenants.
Greif Receivables Funding LLC (“GRF”), an indirect subsidiary of the Company, has participated in the purchase and transfer of receivables in connection with these credit facilities and is included in the Company’s consolidated financial statements. However, because GRF is a separate and distinct legal entity from the Company and its other subsidiaries, the assets of GRF are not available to satisfy the liabilities and obligations of the Company and its other subsidiaries, and the liabilities of GRF are not the liabilities or obligations of the Company and its other subsidiaries. This entity purchases and services the Company’s trade accounts receivable that are subject to this credit facility.
 
 15 

Table of Contents
Other
In addition to the amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement and proceeds from the Senior Notes and the United States Trade Accounts Receivable Credit Facility, at July 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding other debt of $140.5 million, comprised of $23.1 million in long-term debt and $117.4 million in short-term borrowings, compared to other debt outstanding of $72.1 million, comprised of $11.2 million in long-term debt and $60.9 million in short-term borrowings, at October 31, 2010. The $68.4 million increase was primarily due to funding acquisitions, capital expenditures and increased working capital requirements.
At July 31, 2011, the current portion of the Company’s long-term debt was $12.5 million. Annual maturities, including the current portion, of long-term debt under the Company’s various financing arrangements were $3.1 million in 2011, $35.6 million in 2012, $25.0 million in 2013, $150.0 million in 2014, $218.6 million in 2015 and $836.0 million thereafter.
At July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, the Company had deferred financing fees and debt issuance costs of $23.6 million and $21.4 million, respectively, which are included in other long-term assets.
NOTE 10 — FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
Financial Instruments
The Company uses derivatives from time to time to partially mitigate the effect of exposure to interest rate movements, exposure to currency fluctuations, and energy cost fluctuations. Under ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging”, all derivatives are to be recognized as assets or liabilities on the balance sheet and measured at fair value. Changes in the fair value of derivatives are recognized in either net income or in other comprehensive income, depending on the designated purpose of the derivative.
While the Company may be exposed to credit losses in the event of nonperformance by the counterparties to its derivative financial instrument contracts, its counterparties are established banks and financial institutions with high credit ratings. The Company has no reason to believe that such counterparties will not be able to fully satisfy their obligations under these contracts.
During the next three months, the Company expects to reclassify into earnings a net loss from accumulated other comprehensive loss of approximately $0.4 million after tax at the time the underlying hedge transactions are realized.
ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value in GAAP and expands disclosures about fair value measurements for financial and non-financial assets and liabilities. Additionally, this guidance established a three-level fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. This hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs.
The three levels of inputs used to measure fair values are as follows:

 	•	 	Level 1 — Observable inputs such as unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.	

 	•	 	Level 2 — Observable inputs other than quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities.	

 	•	 	Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets and liabilities.	
Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The following table presents the fair value adjustments for those assets and (liabilities) measured on a recurring basis as of July 31, 2011 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Fair Value Measurement	 	 	Balance sheet	 	
 	 	Level 1	 	 	Level 2	 	 	Level 3	 	 	Total	 	 	Location	 	
Interest rate derivatives	 	$	—	 	 	$	(671	)	 	$	—	 	 	$	(671	)	 	Other long-term liabilities	 	
Foreign exchange hedges	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,853	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(2,853	)	 	Other current liabilities	 	
Energy hedges	 	 	—	 	 	 	(27	)	 	 	—	 	 	 	(27	)	 	Other current liabilities	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total*	 	$	—	 	 	$	(3,551	)	 	$	—	 	 	$	(3,551	)	 	 	 	 	

*	 	The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, accounts payable, current liabilities and short-term borrowings at July 31, 2011 approximate their fair values because of the short-term nature of these items and are not included in this table.	
 
 16 

Table of Contents
Interest Rate Derivatives
The Company has interest rate swap agreements with various maturities through 2012. These interest rate swap agreements are used to manage the Company’s fixed and floating rate debt mix. Under these agreements, the Company receives interest monthly from the counterparties based upon the LIBOR and pays interest based upon a designated fixed rate over the life of the swap agreements.
The Company has two interest rate derivatives (floating to fixed swap agreements recorded as cash flow hedges) with a total notional amount of $125 million. Under these swap agreements, the Company receives interest based upon a variable interest rate from the counterparties (weighted average of 0.19% at July 31, 2011 and 0.26% at October 31, 2010) and pays interest based upon a fixed interest rate (weighted average of 1.78% at July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010).
In the first quarter of 2010, the Company entered into a $100.0 million fixed to floating swap agreement which was recorded as a fair value hedge. Under this swap agreement, the Company received interest from the counterparty based upon a fixed rate of 6.75% and paid interest based upon a variable rate on a semi-annual basis. In the third quarter of 2010, the Company terminated this swap agreement, including any future cash flows. The termination of this swap agreement resulted in a cash benefit of $3.6 million ($2.2 million, net of tax).
Foreign Exchange Hedges
At July 31, 2011, the Company had outstanding foreign currency forward contracts in the notional amount of $157.1 million ($252.9 million at October 31, 2010). The purpose of these contracts is to hedge the Company’s exposure to foreign currency transactions and short-term intercompany loan balances in its international businesses. The fair value of these contracts at July 31, 2011 resulted in a loss of $2.6 million recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and a loss of $0.2 million recorded in other comprehensive income. The fair value of similar contracts at October 31, 2010 resulted in a gain of $0.8 million in the consolidated statements of operations and a loss of $2.3 million recorded in other comprehensive income.
Energy Hedges
The Company has entered into certain cash flow agreements to mitigate its exposure to cost fluctuations in natural gas prices through October 31, 2011. Under these hedge agreements, the Company agrees to purchase natural gas at a fixed price. At July 31, 2011, the notional amount of these hedges was $0.4 million ($2.4 million at October 31, 2010). The other comprehensive gain on these agreements was immaterial at July 31, 2011 and $0.3 million at October 31, 2010.
Other financial instruments
The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt was $1,318.1 million and $1,021.5 million at July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, respectively. The current portion of the long-term debt was $12.5 million at July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010. The fair values of the Company’s long-term obligations are estimated based on either the quoted market prices for the same or similar issues or the current interest rates offered for debt of the same remaining maturities.
Non Recurring Fair Value Measurements
The Company has reviewed the fair value adjustments for those assets and (liabilities) measured on a non-recurring basis as of July 31, 2011 discussed herein.
Net Assets Held for Sale
Net assets held for sale are considered level two inputs which include recent purchase offers, market comparables and/or data obtained from commercial real estate brokers. As of July 31, 2011, the Company had not recognized any impairment related to net assets held for sale.
 
 17 

Table of Contents
Long-Lived Assets
As part of the Company’s restructuring plans following recent acquisitions, the Company may close manufacturing facilities during the next few years. The long-lived assets are considered level two inputs which were valued based on bids received from third parties and using discounted cash flow analysis based on assumptions that the Company believes market participants would use. Key inputs included anticipated revenues, associated manufacturing costs, capital expenditures and discount, growth and tax rates. The Company recorded restructuring-related expenses for the nine-month period ended July 31, 2011 of $0.4 million on long lived assets with net book values of $1.3 million.
Goodwill and Long Lived Intangible Assets
The Company performs an impairment test for goodwill on an annual basis and when events and circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred. The Company concluded that no impairment existed at October 31, 2010. There have been no changes during the third quarter of 2011 that would warrant impairment considerations, other then previously disclosed. The 2011 impairment test will be performed during the fourth quarter of 2011.
NOTE 11 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
Stock-based compensation is accounted for in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation — Stock Compensation”, which requires companies to estimate the fair value of share-based awards on the date of grant using an option-pricing model. The value of the portion of the award that is ultimately expected to vest is recognized as an expense in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations over the requisite service periods. The Company uses the straight-line single option method of expensing stock options to recognize compensation expense in its consolidated statements of operations for all share-based awards. Because share-based compensation expense is based on awards that are ultimately expected to vest, share-based compensation expense will be reduced to account for estimated forfeitures. ASC 718 requires forfeitures to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. No stock options were granted in 2011 or 2010. For any options granted in the future, compensation expense will be based on the grant date fair value estimated in accordance with the provisions of ASC 718.
NOTE 12 — INCOME TAXES
The effective tax rate was 25.4% and 18.2% for the three months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and 24.3% and 18.9% for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 respectively. The change in the effective tax rate is primarily attributable to the recognition of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets in 2011, the incremental benefit from an alternative fuel tax credit in 2010, and other discrete tax items recognized in these periods.
The Company has estimated the reasonably possible expected net change in unrecognized tax benefits through July 31, 2011 based on expected settlements or payments of uncertain tax positions, and lapses of the applicable statutes of limitations of unrecognized tax benefits under ASC 740, “Income Taxes.”
NOTE 13 — RETIREMENT PLANS AND POSTRETIREMENT HEALTH CARE AND LIFE INSURANCE BENEFITS
The components of net periodic pension cost include the following (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three months ended	 	 	Nine months ended	 	
 	 	July 31	 	 	July 31	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Service cost	 	$	2,239	 	 	$	2,293	 	 	$	6,717	 	 	$	6,879	 	
Interest cost	 	 	4,159	 	 	 	3,998	 	 	 	12,477	 	 	 	11,994	 	
Expected return on plan assets	 	 	(4,928	)	 	 	(4,524	)	 	 	(14,784	)	 	 	(13,572	)	
Amortization of prior service cost, initial net asset and net actuarial gain	 	 	2,160	 	 	 	1,700	 	 	 	6,480	 	 	 	5,100	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net periodic pension costs	 	$	3,630	 	 	$	3,467	 	 	$	10,890	 	 	$	10,401	 	

 18 

Table of Contents
The Company made $16.9 million in pension contributions in the nine months ended July 31, 2011. The Company estimates $29.7 million of pension contributions for the entire 2011 fiscal year.
The components of net periodic cost for postretirement benefits include the following (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three months ended	 	 	Nine months ended	 	
 	 	July 31	 	 	July 31	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Service cost	 	$	2	 	 	$	1	 	 	$	6	 	 	$	3	 	
Interest cost	 	 	219	 	 	 	283	 	 	 	657	 	 	 	849	 	
Amortization of prior service cost and recognized actuarial gain	 	 	(334	)	 	 	(251	)	 	 	(1,002	)	 	 	(753	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net periodic cost for postretirement benefits	 	$	(113	)	 	$	33	 	 	$	(339	)	 	$	99	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NOTE 14 — CONTINGENT LIABILITIES
Various lawsuits, claims and proceedings have been or may be instituted or asserted against the Company, including those pertaining to environmental, product liability and safety and health matters. While the amounts claimed may be substantial, the ultimate liability cannot now be determined because of considerable uncertainties that exist. Therefore, it is possible that results of operations or liquidity in a particular period could be materially affected by certain contingencies.
In accordance with ASC 450, “Contingencies”, the Company accrues for a litigation-related liability when it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Based on currently available information known to the Company, the Company believes that its reserves for these litigation-related liabilities are reasonable and that the ultimate outcome of any pending matters is not likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or results from operations.
Environmental Reserves
At July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, the Company had recorded liabilities of $25.9 million and $26.2 million, respectively, for estimated environmental remediation costs. The liabilities were recorded on an undiscounted basis and are included in other long-term liabilities. At July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, the Company had recorded environmental liability reserves of $14.0 million and $14.5 million, respectively, for its blending facility in Chicago, Illinois and $10.2 million and $10.3 million, respectively, for various European drum facilities acquired in November 2006 as well as the facility in Lier, Belgium. These reserves are principally based on environmental studies and cost estimates provided by third parties, but also take into account management estimates.
The estimated liabilities are reduced to reflect the anticipated participation of other potentially responsible parties in those instances where it is probable that such parties are legally responsible and financially capable of paying their respective shares of relevant costs. For sites that involve formal actions subject to joint and several liabilities, these actions have formal agreements in place to apportion the liability.
The Company anticipates that cash expenditures in future periods for remediation costs at identified sites will be made over an extended period of time. Given the inherent uncertainties in evaluating environmental exposures, actual costs may vary from those estimated at July 31, 2011. The Company’s exposure to adverse developments with respect to any individual site is not expected to be material. Although environmental remediation could have a material effect on results of operations if a series of adverse developments occur in a particular quarter or year, the Company believes that the chance of a series of adverse developments occurring in the same quarter or year is remote. Future information and developments will require the Company to continually reassess the expected impact of these environmental matters.
 
 19 

Table of Contents
NOTE 15 —EARNINGS PER SHARE
The Company has two classes of common stock and, as such, applies the “two-class method” of computing earnings per share (“EPS”) as prescribed in ASC 260, “Earnings Per Share”. In accordance with this guidance, earnings are allocated first to Class A and Class B Common Stock to the extent that dividends are actually paid and the remainder allocated assuming all of the earnings for the period have been distributed in the form of dividends.
The Company calculates Class A EPS as follows: (i) multiply 40% times the average Class A shares outstanding, then divide that amount by the product of 40% of the average Class A shares outstanding plus 60% of the average Class B shares outstanding to get a percentage, (ii) divide undistributed net income attributable to Greif, Inc. by the average Class A shares outstanding, then (iii) multiply item (i) by item (ii), and finally (iv) add item (iii) to the Class A cash dividend per share. Diluted shares are factored into the Class A calculation.
The Company calculates Class B EPS as follows: (i) multiply 60% times the average Class B shares outstanding, then divide that amount by the product of 40% of the average Class A shares outstanding plus 60% of the average Class B shares outstanding to get a percentage, (ii) divide undistributed net income attributable to Greif, Inc. by the average Class B shares outstanding, then (iii) multiply item (i) by item (ii), and finally (iv) add item (iii) to the Class B cash dividend per share. Class B diluted EPS is identical to Class B basic EPS.
The following table provides EPS information for each period, respectively:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three months ended	 	 	Nine months ended	 	
 	 	July 31	 	 	July 31	 	
(In thousands, except per share data)	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Numerator for basic and diluted EPS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Greif, Inc.	 	$	62,940	 	 	$	65,975	 	 	$	155,265	 	 	$	133,428	 	
Cash dividends	 	 	24,566	 	 	 	24,507	 	 	 	73,396	 	 	 	68,607	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Undistributed net income attributable to Greif, Inc.	 	$	38,374	 	 	$	41,468	 	 	$	81,869	 	 	$	64,821	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Denominator for basic EPS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class A common stock	 	 	24,897,665	 	 	 	24,687,006	 	 	 	24,837,097	 	 	 	24,623,262	 	
Class B common stock	 	 	22,362,266	 	 	 	22,444,488	 	 	 	22,386,818	 	 	 	22,456,340	 	
Denominator for diluted EPS	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class A common stock	 	 	25,100,003	 	 	 	24,999,901	 	 	 	25,041,395	 	 	 	24,930,839	 	
Class B common stock	 	 	22,362,266	 	 	 	22,444,488	 	 	 	22,386,818	 	 	 	22,456,340	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EPS Basic	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class A common stock	 	$	1.08	 	 	$	1.13	 	 	$	2.66	 	 	$	2.29	 	
Class B common stock	 	$	1.61	 	 	$	1.70	 	 	$	3.98	 	 	$	3.43	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EPS Diluted	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class A common stock	 	$	1.07	 	 	$	1.12	 	 	$	2.65	 	 	$	2.28	 	
Class B common stock	 	$	1.61	 	 	$	1.70	 	 	$	3.98	 	 	$	3.43	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dividends per share	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class A common stock	 	$	0.42	 	 	$	0.42	 	 	$	1.26	 	 	$	1.18	 	
Class B common stock	 	$	0.63	 	 	$	0.63	 	 	$	1.88	 	 	$	1.76	 	
Class A Common Stock is entitled to cumulative dividends of one cent a share per year after which Class B Common Stock is entitled to non-cumulative dividends up to a half-cent a share per year. Further distribution in any year must be made in proportion of one cent a share for Class A Common Stock to one and a half cents a share for Class B Common Stock. The Class A Common Stock has no voting rights unless four quarterly cumulative dividends upon the Class A Common Stock are in arrears. The Class B Common Stock has full voting rights. There is no cumulative voting for the election of directors.
Common stock repurchases
The Company’s Board of Directors has authorized the purchase of up to four million shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or any combination of the foregoing. During the first nine months of 2011, the Company repurchased no shares of Class A Common Stock and 50,000 shares of Class B Common Stock. As of July 31, 2011, the Company had repurchased 2,933,272 shares, including 1,416,752 shares of Class A Common Stock and 1,516,520 shares of Class B Common Stock, under this program. The total cost of the shares repurchased from November 1, 2009 through July 31, 2011 was approximately $5.8 million.
 
 20 

Table of Contents
The following table summarizes the Company’s Class A and Class B common and treasury shares at the specified dates:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Outstanding	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Authorized Shares	 	 	Issued Shares	 	 	Shares	 	 	Treasury Shares	 	
July 31, 2011:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class A Common Stock	 	 	128,000,000	 	 	 	42,281,920	 	 	 	24,957,182	 	 	 	17,324,738	 	
Class B Common Stock	 	 	69,120,000	 	 	 	34,560,000	 	 	 	22,362,266	 	 	 	12,197,734	 	
October 31, 2010:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Class A Common Stock	 	 	128,000,000	 	 	 	42,281,920	 	 	 	24,756,974	 	 	 	17,524,946	 	
Class B Common Stock	 	 	69,120,000	 	 	 	34,560,000	 	 	 	22,412,266	 	 	 	12,147,734	 	
The following is a reconciliation of the shares used to calculate basic and diluted earnings per share:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three months ended	 	 	Nine months ended	 	
 	 	July 31	 	 	July 31	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Class A Common Stock:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic shares	 	 	24,897,665	 	 	 	24,687,006	 	 	 	24,837,097	 	 	 	24,623,262	 	
Assumed conversion of stock options	 	 	202,338	 	 	 	312,895	 	 	 	204,298	 	 	 	307,577	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Diluted shares	 	 	25,100,003	 	 	 	24,999,901	 	 	 	25,041,395	 	 	 	24,930,839	 	

Class B Common Stock:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Basic and diluted shares	 	 	22,362,266	 	 	 	22,444,488	 	 	 	22,386,818	 	 	 	22,456,340	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
No stock options were antidilutive for the nine month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
NOTE 16 — EQUITY EARNINGS OF UNCONSOLIDATED AFFILIATES, NET OF TAX AND NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO NONCONTROLLING INTERESTS
Equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax
Equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax represent investments in affiliates in which the Company does not exercise control and has a 20 percent or more voting interest. Such investments in affiliates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting. If the fair value of an investment in an affiliate is below its carrying value and the difference is deemed to be other than temporary, the difference between the fair value and the carrying value is charged to earnings. The Company has an equity interest in seven affiliates. Equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 were $2.0 and $3.3 million, respectively. There were no dividends received from the Company’s equity method affiliates for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010. The Company has made loans to an entity deemed a VIE and accounted for as an unconsolidated equity investment. These loans bear interest at various interest rates. The original principal balance of these loans was $22.2 million. As of July 31, 2011 these loans had an outstanding balance of $21.3 million.
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests represent the portion of earnings or losses from the operations of the Company’s majority owned subsidiaries that were deducted from net income to arrive at net income attributable to the Company. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the three months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 was $2.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 was $1.4 million and $5.4 million.
 
 21 

Table of Contents
NOTE 17 — COMPREHENSIVE INCOME AND SHAREHOLDERS EQUITY
Comprehensive income is comprised of net income and other charges and credits to equity that are not the result of transactions with the Company’s owners. The components of comprehensive income are as follows (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three months ended	 	 	Nine months ended	 	
 	 	July 31	 	 	July 31	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Net income	 	$	64,974	 	 	$	67,759	 	 	$	156,662	 	 	$	138,822	 	
Other comprehensive income:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	(23,574	)	 	 	79,050	 	 	 	151	 	 	 	(13,078	)	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Changes in fair value of interest rate and other derivatives, net of tax	 	 	336	 	 	 	(1,123	)	 	 	1,086	 	 	 	333	 	
Minimum pension liabilities adjustment, net of tax	 	 	65	 	 	 	136	 	 	 	(786	)	 	 	1,079	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income	 	$	41,801	 	 	$	145,822	 	 	$	157,113	 	 	$	127,156	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The following is the income tax benefit (expense) for each other comprehensive income line items:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three months ended	 	 	Nine months ended	 	
 	 	July 31	 	 	July 31	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Income tax benefit (expense):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Changes in fair value of interest rate and other derivatives, net of tax	 	 	(181	)	 	 	605	 	 	 	(585	)	 	 	(179	)	
Minimum pension liabilities adjustment, net of tax	 	 	(22	)	 	 	(30	)	 	 	252	 	 	 	(251	)	
The components of Shareholders’ Equity from October 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Non-	 	 	Accumulated Other	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Common	 	 	 	 	 	 	Treasury	 	 	 	 	 	 	Retained	 	 	controlling	 	 	Comprehensive	 	 	Shareholders’	 	
 	 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 	Earnings	 	 	interests	 	 	Income (Loss)	 	 	Equity	 	
As of October 31, 2010	 	 	47,169	 	 	$	106,057	 	 	 	29,673	 	 	$	(117,394	)	 	$	1,323,477	 	 	$	76,711	 	 	$	(33,419	)	 	$	1,355,432	 	
Net income	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	155,265	 	 	 	1,397	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	156,662	 	
Other comprehensive income (loss):	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	451	 	 	 	451	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Comprehensive income, attributable to Greif, Inc.	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	157,113	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Noncontrolling interests and other	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	24,677	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	24,677	 	
Foreign currency translation on noncontrolling interests	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	6,556	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	6,556	 	
Dividends paid	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(73,396	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(73,396	)	
Stock options exercised	 	 	144	 	 	 	1,866	 	 	 	(144	)	 	 	295	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,161	 	
Tax benefit of stock options	 	 	 	 	 	 	77	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	77	 	
Treasury shares acquired	 	 	(50	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	50	 	 	 	(3,060	)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(3,060	)	
Restricted stock directors	 	 	11	 	 	 	697	 	 	 	(11	)	 	 	23	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	720	 	
Restricted stock executives	 	 	5	 	 	 	308	 	 	 	(5	)	 	 	10	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	318	 	
Long-term incentive shares issued	 	 	40	 	 	 	2,349	 	 	 	(40	)	 	 	83	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	2,432	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
As of July 31, 2011	 	 	47,319	 	 	$	111,354	 	 	 	29,523	 	 	$	(120,043	)	 	$	1,405,346	 	 	$	109,341	 	 	$	(32,968	)	 	$	1,473,030	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
During the third quarter of fiscal 2011, the Company recorded an out-of-period increase in non-controlling interest of $24.7 million and a corresponding decrease in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to correct these balances as stated at October 31, 2010. The amount did not impact total Shareholders’ Equity or cash flows and was not material to current or prior periods.
 
 22 

Table of Contents
NOTE 18 — BUSINESS SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company operates in four business segments: Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services, Flexible Products & Services, Paper Packaging, and Land Management.
Operations in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment involve the production and sale of rigid industrial packaging products, such as steel, fiber and plastic drums, rigid intermediate bulk containers, closure systems for industrial packaging products, water bottles and reconditioned containers, and services, such as container lifecycle management, blending, filling and other packaging services, logistics and warehousing. The Company’s rigid industrial packaging products are sold to customers in industries such as chemicals, paints and pigments, food and beverage, petroleum, industrial coatings, agricultural, pharmaceutical and mineral, among others.
Operations in the Flexible Products & Services segment involve the production and sale of flexible intermediate bulk containers and related services on a global basis and industrial and consumer multiwall bag products in the North America market. Our flexible intermediate bulk containers consist of a polypropylene-based woven fabric that is partly produced at our fully integrated production sites, as well as sourced from strategic regional suppliers. Our flexible products are sold to customers and in market segments similar to those of our Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment. Additionally, our flexible products significantly expand our presence in the agricultural and food industries, among others. Our industrial and consumer multiwall bag products are used to ship a wide range of industrial and consumer products, such as seed, fertilizers, chemicals, concrete, flour, sugar, feed, pet foods, popcorn, charcoal and salt, primarily for the agricultural, chemical, building products and food industries.
Operations in the Paper Packaging segment involve the production and sale of containerboard, corrugated sheets and other corrugated products to customers in North America. The Company’s corrugated container products are used to ship such diverse products as home appliances, small machinery, grocery products, building products, automotive components, books and furniture, as well as numerous other applications. Operations related to the Company’s industrial and consumer multiwall bag products were reclassified from this segment to the Flexible Products & Services segment in the first quarter of 2010.
Operations in the Land Management segment involve the management and sale of timber and special use properties from approximately 266,100 acres of timber properties in the southeastern United States, which are actively managed, and 14,700 acres of timber properties in Canada, which are not actively managed. The Company’s Land Management team is focused on the active harvesting and regeneration of our United States timber properties to achieve sustainable long-term yields. While timber sales are subject to fluctuations, the Company seeks to maintain a consistent cutting schedule, within the limits of market and weather conditions. The Company also sells, from time to time, timberland and special use properties, which consists of surplus properties, higher and better use (“HBU”) properties, and development properties.
The Company’s reportable segments are strategic business units that offer different products and services. The accounting policies of the reportable segments are substantially the same as those described in the “Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” note in the 2010 Form 10-K.
 
 23 

Table of Contents
The following segment information is presented for the periods indicated (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three months ended	 	 	Nine months ended	 	
 	 	July 31,	 	 	July 31,	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 		
Net sales	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	$	804,013	 	 	$	681,709	 	 	$	2,201,850	 	 	$	1,883,017	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	141,170	 	 	 	66,938	 	 	 	403,994	 	 	 	128,679	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	172,760	 	 	 	168,758	 	 	 	496,064	 	 	 	444,548	 	
Land Management	 	 	3,959	 	 	 	3,928	 	 	 	14,552	 	 	 	11,351	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net sales	 	$	1,121,902	 	 	$	921,333	 	 	$	3,116,460	 	 	$	2,467,595	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	$	71,988	 	 	$	71,477	 	 	$	184,191	 	 	$	184,382	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	7,756	 	 	 	2,813	 	 	 	11,182	 	 	 	(1,497	)	
Paper Packaging	 	 	17,559	 	 	 	18,862	 	 	 	56,555	 	 	 	30,196	 	
Land Management	 	 	10,743	 	 	 	2,522	 	 	 	16,120	 	 	 	6,013	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating profit	 	 	108,046	 	 	 	95,674	 	 	 	268,048	 	 	 	219,094	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	3,411	 	 	 	5,259	 	 	 	7,960	 	 	 	15,933	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	683	 	 	 	45	 	 	 	3,914	 	 	 	45	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	(698	)	 	 	4,475	 	 	 	(461	)	 	 	4,588	 	
Land Management	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	(6	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total restructuring charges	 	 	3,396	 	 	 	9,779	 	 	 	11,407	 	 	 	20,566	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring-related inventory charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	—	 	 	 	94	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	131	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total restructuring-related inventory charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	94	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	131	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition-related costs:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	2,132	 	 	 	2,587	 	 	 	6,340	 	 	 	6,390	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	531	 	 	 	2,889	 	 	 	12,888	 	 	 	13,729	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total acquisition-related costs	 	 	2,663	 	 	 	5,476	 	 	 	19,228	 	 	 	20,119	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Non-cash intangible asset impairment charge:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total non-cash intangible asset impairment charge	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit before special items:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	77,531	 	 	 	79,417	 	 	 	198,491	 	 	 	206,836	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	11,932	 	 	 	5,747	 	 	 	30,946	 	 	 	12,277	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	16,861	 	 	 	23,337	 	 	 	56,094	 	 	 	34,784	 	
Land Management	 	 	10,743	 	 	 	2,522	 	 	 	16,114	 	 	 	6,013	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating profit before special items*	 	$	117,067	 	 	$	111,023	 	 	$	301,645	 	 	$	259,910	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	$	22,496	 	 	$	18,394	 	 	$	64,693	 	 	$	59,584	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	4,157	 	 	 	902	 	 	 	12,477	 	 	 	1,882	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	7,786	 	 	 	7,801	 	 	 	23,363	 	 	 	21,611	 	
Land Management	 	 	476	 	 	 	652	 	 	 	2,084	 	 	 	1,850	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total depreciation, depletion and amortization expense	 	$	34,915	 	 	$	27,749	 	 	$	102,617	 	 	$	84,927	 	

*	 	Total operating profit before special items represents operating profit before the impact of restructuring charges, restructuring-related inventory charges, acquisition-related costs and a non-cash intangible asset impairment charge.	
 
 24 

Table of Contents

The following table presents net sales to external customers by geographic area (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Three months ended July 31,	 	 	Nine months ended July 31,	 	
 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
Net sales:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
North America	 	$	502,391	 	 	$	465,268	 	 	$	1,426,171	 	 	$	1,247,095	 	
Europe, Middle East and Africa	 	 	445,301	 	 	 	313,756	 	 	 	1,196,979	 	 	 	826,674	 	
Asia Pacific and Latin America	 	 	174,210	 	 	 	142,309	 	 	 	493,310	 	 	 	393,826	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net sales	 	$	1,121,902	 	 	$	921,333	 	 	$	3,116,460	 	 	$	2,467,595	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
The following table presents total assets by segment and geographic area (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	00000000000000 	 	 	 	00000000000000 	 	
 	 	July 31, 2011	 	 	October 31, 2010	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	$	2,543,611	 	 	$	2,094,244	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	380,518	 	 	 	353,715	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	436,286	 	 	 	435,555	 	
Land Management	 	 	278,678	 	 	 	274,352	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total segments	 	 	3,639,093	 	 	 	3,157,866	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Corporate and other	 	 	364,799	 	 	 	340,579	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	4,003,892	 	 	$	3,498,445	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	00000000000000 	 	 	 	00000000000000 	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
North America	 	$	1,519,120	 	 	$	1,895,475	 	
Europe, Middle East and Africa	 	 	1,573,068	 	 	 	1,012,131	 	
Asia Pacific and Latin America	 	 	911,704	 	 	 	590,839	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	4,003,892	 	 	$	3,498,445	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
NOTE 19 — SUBSEQUENT EVENT
On August 3, 2011, the Company acquired a company in the business of reconditioning steel drums, plastic drums and intermediate bulk containers and manufacturing new tinplate pails and containers. The acquired company operates from eight production facilities in Europe, and its results will be reported in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment.

ITEM 2.	 	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
GENERAL
The terms “Greif,” “our company,” “we,” “us” and “our” as used in this discussion refer to Greif, Inc. and its subsidiaries. Our fiscal year begins on November 1 and ends on October 31 of the following year. Any references in this Form 10-Q to the years 2011 or 2010, or to any quarter of those years, relates to the fiscal year or quarter, as the case may be, ending in that year.
The discussion and analysis presented below relates to the material changes in financial condition and results of operations for our consolidated balance sheets as of July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, and for the consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010. This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this Form 10-Q and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2010 (the “2010 Form 10-K”). Readers are encouraged to review the entire 2010 Form 10-K, as it includes information regarding Greif not discussed in this Form 10-Q. This information will assist in your understanding of the discussion of our current period financial results.
 
 25 

Table of Contents

All statements, other than statements of historical facts, included in this Form 10-Q, including without limitation, statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs, goals and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “project,” “believe,” “continue,” “on track” or “target” or the negative thereof or variations thereon or similar terminology. All forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-Q are based on information currently available to our management. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in forward-looking statements have a reasonable basis, we can give no assurance that these expectations will prove to be correct. Forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause actual events or results to differ materially from those expressed in or implied by the statements. Such risks and uncertainties that might cause a difference include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) the current and future challenging global economy may adversely affect our business, (ii) historically, our business has been sensitive to changes in general economic or business conditions, (iii) our operations are subject to currency exchange and political risks, (iv) the continuing consolidation of our customer base and our suppliers may intensify pricing pressure, (v) we operate in highly competitive industries, (vi) our business is sensitive to changes in industry demands, (vi) raw material and energy price fluctuations and shortages may adversely impact our manufacturing operations and costs, (vii) we may encounter difficulties arising from acquisitions, (viii) we may incur additional restructuring costs and there is no guarantee that our efforts to reduce costs will be successful, (ix) tax legislation initiatives or challenges to our tax positions may adversely impact our financial results or condition, (x) several operations are conducted by joint ventures that we cannot operate solely for our benefit, (xi) our ability to attract, develop and retain talented employees, managers and executives is critical to our success, (xii) our business may be adversely impacted by work stoppages and other labor relations matters, (xiii) we may be subject to losses that might not be covered in whole or in part by existing insurance reserves or insurance coverage, (xiv) our business depends on the uninterrupted operations of our facilities, systems and business functions, including our information technology and other business systems, (xv) legislation/regulation related to climate change and environmental and health and safety matters and product liability claims could negatively impact our operations and financial performance, (xvi) changing climate conditions may adversely affect our operations and financial performance, (xvii) the company may incur fines or penalties, damage to reputation or other adverse consequences if its employees, agents or business partners violate, or are alleged to have violated, anti-bribery, competition or other laws, and (xviii) the frequency and volume of our timber and timberland sales will impact our financial performance. The risks described above are not all inclusive and given these and other possible risks and uncertainties, investors should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements as a prediction of actual results. For a more detailed discussion of the most significant risks and uncertainties that could cause Greif’s actual results to differ materially from those projected, see “Risk Factors” in Part I, Item 1A of the 2010 Form 10-K, updated by Part II, Item 1A of this Form 10-Q. All forward-looking statements made in this Form 10-Q are expressly qualified in their entirety by reference to such risk factors. Except to the limited extent required by applicable law, Greif undertakes no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise.
OVERVIEW
We operate in four business segments: Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services; Flexible Products & Services; Paper Packaging; and Land Management.
We are a leading global provider of rigid industrial packaging products, such as steel, fibre and plastic drums, rigid intermediate bulk containers, closure systems for industrial packaging products, water bottles and reconditioned containers, and services, such as container lifecycle management, blending, filling and other packaging services, logistics and warehousing. We sell our industrial packaging products and services to customers in industries such as chemicals, paints and pigments, food and beverage, petroleum, industrial coatings, agricultural, pharmaceutical and mineral, among others.
We are a leading global provider of flexible intermediate bulk containers and related services and a North American provider of industrial and consumer multiwall bag products. Our flexible intermediate bulk containers consist of a polypropylene-based woven fabric that is partly produced at our fully integrated production sites, as well as sourced from strategic regional suppliers. Our flexible products are sold globally and service similar customers and market segments as our Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment. Additionally, our flexible products significantly expand our presence in the agricultural and food industries, among others. Our industrial and consumer multiwall bag products are used to ship a wide range of industrial and consumer products, such as seed, fertilizers, chemicals, concrete, flour, sugar, feed, pet foods, popcorn, charcoal and salt, primarily for the agricultural, chemical, building products and food industries.
We sell containerboard, corrugated sheets and other corrugated products to customers in North America in industries such as packaging, automotive, food and building products. Our corrugated container products are used to ship such diverse products as home appliances, small machinery, grocery products, building products, automotive components, books and furniture, as well as numerous other applications. Operations related to our industrial and consumer multiwall bag products were reclassified to our Flexible Products & Services segment during the second quarter of 2010.
 
 26 

Table of Contents

As of July 31, 2011, we owned approximately 266,100 acres of timber properties in the southeastern United States, which are actively managed, and approximately 14,700 acres of timber properties in Canada, which are not actively managed. Our Land Management team is focused on the active harvesting and regeneration of our United States timber properties to achieve sustainable long-term yields. While timber sales are subject to fluctuations, we seek to maintain a consistent cutting schedule, within the limits of market and weather conditions. We also sell, from time to time, timberland and special use properties, which consists of surplus properties, higher and better use (“HBU”) properties, and development properties.
In 2003, we began a transformation to become a leaner, more market-focused, performance-driven company — what we call the “Greif Business System.” We believe the Greif Business System has and will continue to generate productivity improvements and achieve permanent cost reductions. The Greif Business System continues to focus on opportunities such as improved labor productivity, material yield and other manufacturing efficiencies, along with further plant consolidations. In addition, as part of the Greif Business System, we have launched a strategic sourcing initiative to more effectively leverage our global spending and lay the foundation for a world-class sourcing and supply chain capability. In response to the economic slowdown that began at the end of 2008, we accelerated the implementation of certain Greif Business System initiatives.
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES
The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The preparation of these consolidated financial statements, in accordance with these principles, require us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amount of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our consolidated financial statements.
Our significant accounting policies are discussed in Part II, Item 7 — Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation of the 2010 Form 10-K. We believe that the consistent application of these policies enables us to provide readers of the consolidated financial statements with useful and reliable information about our results of operations and financial condition.
Other items that could have a significant impact on the financial statements include the risks and uncertainties listed in Part I, Item 1A—Risk Factors, of the 2010 Form 10-K, as updated by Part II, Item 1A of this Form 10-Q. Actual results could differ materially using different estimates and assumptions, or if conditions are significantly different in the future.
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following comparative information is presented for the three-month and nine-month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010. Historically, revenues and earnings may or may not be representative of future operating results attributable to various economic and other factors.
The non-GAAP financial measures of operating profit before special items, EBITDA and EBITDA before special items are used throughout the following discussion of our results of operations. For our consolidated results, operating profit before special items adds back restructuring charges, restructuring-related inventory charges, acquisition-related costs and a non-cash intangible asset impairment charge to operating profit. EBITDA is defined as net income plus interest expense, net plus income tax expense less equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax plus depreciation, depletion and amortization. EBITDA before special items adds back restructuring charges, restructuring-related inventory charges, acquisition-related costs and a non-cash intangible asset impairment charge to EBITDA. EBITDA can be reconciled either to net income or operating profit, in both cases yielding the same results. Since we do not calculate net income by segment, EBITDA by segment is reconciled to operating profit by segment in the following tables. In our Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment, operating profit before special items adds back restructuring charges, restructuring-related inventory charges and acquisition-related costs to that segment’s operating profit and EBITDA before special items adds back restructuring charges, restructuring-related inventory charges and acquisition-related costs to that segment’s EBITDA. In our Flexible Products & Services segment, operating profit before special items adds back restructuring charges, acquisition-related costs and a non-cash intangible asset impairment charge to that segment’s operating profit and EBITDA before special items adds back restructuring charges, acquisition-related costs and a non-cash intangible asset impairment charge to that segment’s EBITDA. In our Paper Packaging and Land Management segments, operating profit before special items adds back restructuring charges to those segments’ operating profit and EBITDA before special items adds back restructuring charges to that segment’s EBITDA. We use the above-identified non-GAAP financial measures to evaluate our ongoing operations and believe that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful to enable investors to perform meaningful comparisons of our current and historical performance.
 
 27 

Table of Contents

Third Quarter Results
The following table sets forth the net sales, operating profit and operating profit before special items for each of our business segments for the three-month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the three months ended July 31,	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	$	804,013	 	 	$	681,709	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	141,170	 	 	 	66,938	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	172,760	 	 	 	168,758	 	
Land Management	 	 	3,959	 	 	 	3,928	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net sales	 	$	1,121,902	 	 	$	921,333	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	$	71,988	 	 	$	71,477	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	7,756	 	 	 	2,813	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	17,559	 	 	 	18,862	 	
Land Management	 	 	10,743	 	 	 	2,522	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating profit	 	 	108,046	 	 	 	95,674	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	3,411	 	 	 	5,259	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	683	 	 	 	45	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	(698	)	 	 	4,475	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total restructuring charges	 	 	3,396	 	 	 	9,779	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring-related inventory charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	—	 	 	 	94	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total restructuring-related inventory charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	94	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition-related costs:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	2,132	 	 	 	2,587	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	531	 	 	 	2,889	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total acquisition-related costs	 	 	2,663	 	 	 	5,476	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Non-cash intangible asset impairment charge:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total non-cash intangible asset impairment charge	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit before special items:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	77,531	 	 	 	79,417	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	11,932	 	 	 	5,747	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	16,861	 	 	 	23,337	 	
Land Management	 	 	10,743	 	 	 	2,522	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating profit before special items	 	$	117,067	 	 	$	111,023	 	

 28 

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth EBITDA and EBITDA before special items for our consolidated results for the three-month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the three months ended July 31,	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	64,974	 	 	$	67,759	 	
Plus: interest expense, net	 	 	18,435	 	 	 	15,935	 	
Plus: income tax expense	 	 	21,637	 	 	 	14,408	 	
Plus: depreciation, depletion and amortization expense	 	 	34,915	 	 	 	27,749	 	
Less: equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax	 	 	1,495	 	 	 	3,141	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	138,466	 	 	 	122,710	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	3,396	 	 	 	9,779	 	
Restructuring — related inventory charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	94	 	
Acquisition-related costs	 	 	2,663	 	 	 	5,476	 	
Non-cash intangible asset impairment charge	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	147,487	 	 	$	138,059	 	

Net income	 	$	64,974	 	 	$	67,759	 	
Plus: interest expense, net	 	 	18,435	 	 	 	15,935	 	
Plus: income tax expense	 	 	21,637	 	 	 	14,408	 	
Plus: other expense, net	 	 	4,495	 	 	 	713	 	
Less: equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax	 	 	1,495	 	 	 	3,141	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit	 	 	108,046	 	 	 	95,674	 	
Less: other expense, net	 	 	4,495	 	 	 	713	 	
Plus: depreciation, depletion and amortization expense	 	 	34,915	 	 	 	27,749	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	138,466	 	 	 	122,710	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	3,396	 	 	 	9,779	 	
Restructuring — related inventory charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	94	 	
Acquisition-related costs	 	 	2,663	 	 	 	5,476	 	
Non-cash intangible asset impairment charge	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	147,487	 	 	$	138,059	 	

 29 

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth EBITDA and EBITDA before special items for our business segments for the three-month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the three months ended July 31,	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit	 	$	71,988	 	 	$	71,477	 	
Less: other expense (income), net	 	 	2,933	 	 	 	383	 	
Plus: depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	22,496	 	 	 	18,394	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	91,551	 	 	 	89,488	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	3,411	 	 	 	5,259	 	
Restructuring — related inventory charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	94	 	
Acquisition-related costs	 	 	2,132	 	 	 	2,587	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	97,094	 	 	$	97,428	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit (loss)	 	$	7,756	 	 	$	2,813	 	
Less: other expense (income), net	 	 	1,820	 	 	 	317	 	
Plus: depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	4,157	 	 	 	902	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	10,093	 	 	 	3,398	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	683	 	 	 	45	 	
Acquisition-related costs	 	 	531	 	 	 	2,889	 	
Non-cash intangible asset impairment charge	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	14,269	 	 	$	6,332	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit	 	$	17,559	 	 	$	18,862	 	
Less: other expense (income), net	 	 	(251	)	 	 	13	 	
Plus: depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	7,786	 	 	 	7,801	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	25,596	 	 	 	26,650	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	(698	)	 	 	4,475	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	24,898	 	 	$	31,125	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Land Management	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit	 	 	10,743	 	 	 	2,522	 	
Less: other expense (income), net	 	 	(7	)	 	 	—	 	
Plus: depreciation, depletion and amortization expense	 	 	476	 	 	 	652	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA and EBITDA before special items	 	$	11,226	 	 	$	3,174	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated EBITDA	 	$	138,466	 	 	$	122,710	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated EBITDA before special items	 	$	147,487	 	 	$	138,059	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Sales
Net sales were $1.1 billion for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $921.3 million for the third quarter of 2010. The 21.8 percent increase was due to higher sales volumes, increased selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material costs and the positive impact of foreign currency translation. The higher sales volumes were primarily due to acquisitions in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services and Flexible Products & Services segments and higher volumes in the Paper Packaging segment. The $200.6 million increase was due to Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services ($122.3 million increase), Flexible Products & Services ($74.2 million increase), Paper Packaging ($4.0 million increase) and Land Management (immaterial increase).
Operating Costs
Cost of products sold, as a percentage of net sales, increased to 81.2 percent for the third quarter of 2011 compared to 79.3 percent for the third quarter of 2010. The higher cost of products sold as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to reduced market demand, a shift in product mix and inability to capture all cost increases in Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services and higher old corrugated container costs in the Paper Packaging segment.
 
 30 

Table of Contents

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses were $109.1 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $90.5 million for the third quarter of 2010. The $18.7 million increase was primarily due to the inclusion of SG&A expenses for acquired companies. Acquisition-related costs of $2.7 million and $5.5 million were also included in SG&A expenses for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Acquisition-related costs represent amounts incurred to purchase and integrate our acquisitions. In addition, we recorded a $3.0 million non-cash intangible asset impairment charge for the third quarter of 2011 related to the discontinued usage of certain tradenames in the flexible businesses acquired in 2010. SG&A expenses, as a percentage of net sales, were 9.7 percent for the third quarter of 2011 compared with 9.8 percent for the same quarter of last year.
Restructuring charges were $3.4 million and $9.8 million for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Restructuring charges for the third quarter of 2011 consisted of $2.0 million in employee separation costs and $1.4 million in other costs. The focus of the third quarter of 2011 restructuring activities was on the integration of recent acquisitions in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services and the Flexible Products & Services segments. Restructuring charges for the third quarter of 2010 consisted of $4.7 million in employee separation costs, $2.1 million in asset impairments and $3.0 million in other costs. Refer to Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item I of Part I of this Form 10-Q for additional disclosures regarding our restructuring activities.
The gain on disposal of properties, plants and equipment, net, increased to $9.2 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared to $4.9 million same period last year primarily due to sales of special-use properties of $7.0 million for third quarter of 2011 compared to $1.3 million for the same period last year. The third quarter of 2011 also included a $2.5 million purchase price adjustment related to the expropriation of surplus property in Canada from a prior period.
Operating Profit
Operating profit was $108.0 million and $95.7 million for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Operating profit before special items was $117.1 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $111.0 million for the third quarter of 2010. The $6.0 million increase was due to Land Management ($8.2 million increase) and Flexible Products & Services ($6.2 million increase), partially offset by Paper Packaging ($6.5 million decrease) and Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services ($1.9 million decrease).
EBITDA
EBITDA was $138.5 million and $122.7 million for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. EBITDA before special items increased 6.8 percent to $147.5 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $138.1 million for the third quarter of 2010. The $9.4 million increase was primarily due to the improved operating profit before special items in the Land Management and Flexible Products & Services segments.
Segment Review
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services
Our Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment offers a comprehensive line of rigid industrial packaging products, such as steel, fibre and plastic drums, rigid intermediate bulk containers, closure systems for industrial packaging products, water bottles and reconditioned containers. In addition, this segment offers a wide variety of services, such as container lifecycle management, blending, filling and other packaging services, logistics and warehousing. The key factors influencing profitability in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment are:

 	•	 	Selling prices, customer demand and sales volumes;	

 	•	 	Raw material costs, primarily steel, resin and containerboard;	

 	•	 	Energy and transportation costs;	

 	•	 	Benefits from executing the Greif Business System;	

 	•	 	Restructuring charges;	

 	•	 	Contributions from recent acquisitions;	

 	•	 	Divestiture of facilities; and	

 	•	 	Impact of foreign currency translation.	
 
 31 

Table of Contents

Net sales were $804.0 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $681.7 million for the third quarter of 2010. The 17.9 percent increase in net sales was primarily due to higher selling prices, the positive impact of foreign currency translation and acquisitions, partially offset by lower sales volumes due to decreased demand during the last three weeks of July in North America and Western Europe on a same-structure basis.
Gross profit margin was 18.7 percent for the third quarter of 2011 and 20.8 percent for the third quarter of 2010. The quarter-over-quarter reduction was primarily due to reduced market demand, a shift in product mix and inability to capture all cost increases.
Operating profit was $72.0 million and $71.5 million for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Operating profit before special items was $77.5 million for the third quarter of 2011 versus $79.4 million for the third quarter of 2010. The $1.9 million decrease was primarily due to the lower gross profit margin for this segment.
EBITDA was $91.5 million and $89.5 million for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. EBITDA before special items was $97.1 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $97.4 million for the third quarter of 2010 for the same reasons impacting the operating profit before special items.
Flexible Products & Services
Our Flexible Products & Services segment offers a comprehensive line of flexible products, such as flexible intermediate bulk containers and multiwall bags. The key factors influencing profitability in the Flexible Products & Services segment are:

 	•	 	Selling prices, customer demand and sales volumes;	

 	•	 	Raw material costs, primarily resin and containerboard;	

 	•	 	Energy and transportation costs;	

 	•	 	Benefits from executing the Greif Business System;	

 	•	 	Restructuring charges;	

 	•	 	Contributions from recent acquisitions; and	

 	•	 	Impact of foreign currency translation.	
Net sales were $141.2 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $66.9 million for the third quarter of 2010. The increase was primarily due to sales attributable to flexible intermediate bulk container companies acquired during the second half of fiscal 2010.
Gross profit margin increased to 22.9 percent for the third quarter of 2011 from 21.2 percent for the third quarter of 2010. The change in gross profit margin was primarily due to improved pricing and increased operating efficiencies attributable to the Greif Business System.
Operating profit was $7.7 million and $2.8 million for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Operating profit before special items increased to $12.0 million for the third quarter of 2011 from $5.7 million for the third quarter of 2010 primarily as a result of acquisitions during the second half of fiscal 2010 and improved gross profit margins from the implementation of the Greif Business System.
EBITDA was $10.1 million and $3.4 million for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. EBITDA was impacted by acquisition-related costs of $0.5 million and $2.9 million for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. EBITDA before special items increased to $14.3 million for the third quarter of 2011 from $6.3 million for the third quarter of 2010 for the same reasons impacting the operating profit before special items.
 
 32 

Table of Contents

Paper Packaging
Our Paper Packaging segment sells containerboard, corrugated sheets, and corrugated containers in North America. The key factors influencing profitability in the Paper Packaging segment are:

 	•	 	Selling prices, customer demand and sales volumes;	

 	•	 	Raw material costs, primarily old corrugated containers;	

 	•	 	Energy and transportation costs;	

 	•	 	Benefits from executing the Greif Business System;	

 	•	 	Contributions from recent acquisitions;	

 	•	 	Divestiture of facilities; and	

 	•	 	Restructuring charges.	
Net sales were $172.8 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $168.8 million for the third quarter of 2010. The 2.4 percent increase in net sales was primarily due to higher sales volumes and higher containerboard selling prices attributable to final realization of the second of two containerboard price increases implemented in 2010.
Gross profit margin declined to 16.0 percent for the third quarter of 2011 from 19.8 percent for the third quarter of 2010. This decrease was primarily due to higher raw material costs, including a quarter-over-quarter increase of approximately 24 percent for old corrugated container costs, and higher transportation costs as a result of increasing sales volumes and fuel costs, partially offset by lower energy costs.
Operating profit was $17.6 million and $18.9 million for the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Operating profit before special items was $16.9 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared to $23.3 million for the third quarter of 2010. The $6.5 million decrease was primarily due to the lower gross profit margin for the third quarter of 2011 and a $1.7 million gain on sale of a facility in the third quarter of 2010.
EBITDA decreased to $25.6 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $26.7 million in the third quarter of 2010. EBITDA before special items decreased to $24.9 million for the third quarter of 2011 from $31.1 million for the third quarter of 2010 for the same reasons impacting the operating profit before special items.
Land Management
As of July 31, 2011, our Land Management segment consists of approximately 266,100 acres of timber properties in the southeastern United States, which are actively harvested and regenerated, and approximately 14,700 acres in Canada. The key factors influencing profitability in the Land Management segment are:

 	•	 	Planned level of timber sales;	

 	•	 	Selling prices and customer demand;	

 	•	 	Gains (losses) on sale of timberland; and	

 	•	 	Gains on the disposal of special use properties (surplus, HBU, and development properties).	
Net sales were $4.0 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared with $3.9 million for the third quarter of 2010.
 
 33 

Table of Contents

Operating profit and operating profit before special items was $10.7 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared to $2.5 million for the third quarter of 2010. The results of this segment reflect an increase in disposal of special-use properties of $7.0 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared to $1.3 million for the third quarter of 2010. The third quarter of 2011 also included a $2.5 million purchase price adjustment related to the expropriation of surplus property in Canada in a prior period.
EBITDA and EBITDA before special items was $11.2 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared to $3.2 million for the third quarter of 2010. Included in these amounts were profits from the disposal of special-use properties and a purchase price adjustment in the third quarter of 2011.
In order to maximize the value of our timber property, we continue to review our current portfolio and explore the development of certain of these properties in Canada and the United States. This process has led us to characterize our property as follows:

 	•	 	Surplus property, meaning land that cannot be efficiently or effectively managed by us, whether due to parcel size, lack of productivity, location, access limitations or for other reasons.	

 	•	 	HBU property, meaning land that in its current state has a higher market value for uses other than growing and selling timber.	

 	•	 	Development property, meaning HBU land that, with additional investment, may have a significantly higher market value than its HBU market value.	

 	•	 	Timberland, meaning land that is best suited for growing and selling timber.	
We report the disposal of surplus and HBU property in our consolidated statements of income under “gain on disposals of properties, plants and equipment, net” and report the sale of development property under “net sales” and “cost of products sold.” All HBU, development and surplus property is used by us to productively grow and sell timber until sold.
Whether timberland has a higher value for uses other than growing and selling timber is a determination based upon several variables, such as proximity to population centers, anticipated population growth in the area, the topography of the land, aesthetic considerations, including access to lakes or rivers, the condition of the surrounding land, availability of utilities, markets for timber and economic considerations both nationally and locally. Given these considerations, the characterization of land is not a static process, but requires an ongoing review and re-characterization as circumstances change.
At July 31, 2011, we estimated that there were approximately 46,900 acres in Canada and the United States of special-use property, which we expect will be available for sale in the next five to seven years.
Other Income Statement Changes
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net, was $18.4 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared to $16.0 million for the same period last year. The increase was primarily due to the higher level of debt resulting from acquisitions and related working capital requirements.
Other expense, net
Other expense, net was $4.5 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared to other expense, net of $0.7 million for the third quarter of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to fees associated with the sale of non-United States accounts receivable and the impact of foreign currency exchange.
Income tax expense
The effective tax rate was 25.4 percent in the third quarter of 2011 compared to an effective tax rate of 18.2 percent in the third quarter of 2010. The change in the effective tax rate is primarily attributable to the recognition of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets in the third quarter of 2011, the incremental benefit from an alternative fuel tax credit in the third quarter of 2010, and other discrete tax items recognized in these periods.
 
 34 

Table of Contents

Equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax
We recorded $1.5 million and $3.1 million of equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax, during the third quarter of 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests represent the portion of earnings from the operations of our majority owned subsidiaries that was deducted from net income to arrive at net income attributable to us. Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the three months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 was $2.0 million and $1.8 million, respectively.
Net income attributable to Greif, Inc.
Based on the foregoing, we recorded net income of $63.0 million for the third quarter of 2011 compared to net income of $66.0 million in the third quarter of 2010.
Year-to-Date Results
The following table sets forth the net sales, operating profit and operating profit before special items for each of our business segments for the nine-month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the nine months ended July 31,	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net sales	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	$	2,201,850	 	 	$	1,883,017	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	403,994	 	 	 	128,679	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	496,064	 	 	 	444,548	 	
Land Management	 	 	14,552	 	 	 	11,351	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net sales	 	$	3,116,460	 	 	$	2,467,595	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	$	184,191	 	 	$	184,382	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	11,182	 	 	 	(1,497	)	
Paper Packaging	 	 	56,555	 	 	 	30,196	 	
Land Management	 	 	16,120	 	 	 	6,013	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating profit	 	 	268,048	 	 	 	219,094	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	7,960	 	 	 	15,933	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	3,914	 	 	 	45	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	(461	)	 	 	4,588	 	
Land Management	 	 	(6	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total restructuring charges	 	 	11,407	 	 	 	20,566	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring-related inventory charges:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	—	 	 	 	131	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total restructuring-related inventory charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	131	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Acquisition-related costs:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	6,340	 	 	 	6,390	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	12,888	 	 	 	13,729	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total acquisition-related costs	 	 	19,228	 	 	 	20,119	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Non-cash intangible asset impairment charge:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total non-cash intangible asset impairment charge	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit before special items:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	198,491	 	 	 	206,836	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	30,946	 	 	 	12,277	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	56,094	 	 	 	34,784	 	
Land Management	 	 	16,114	 	 	 	6,013	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating profit before special items	 	$	301,645	 	 	$	259,910	 	

 35 

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth EBITDA and EBITDA before special items for our consolidated results for the three-month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the nine months ended July 31,	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	$	156,662	 	 	$	138,822	 	
Plus: interest expense, net	 	 	53,817	 	 	 	47,582	 	
Plus: income tax expense	 	 	49,650	 	 	 	31,590	 	
Plus: depreciation, depletion and amortization expense	 	 	102,617	 	 	 	84,928	 	
Less: equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax	 	 	1,992	 	 	 	3,272	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	360,754	 	 	 	299,650	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	11,407	 	 	 	20,566	 	
Restructuring — related inventory charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	131	 	
Acquisition-related costs	 	 	19,228	 	 	 	20,119	 	
Non-cash intangible asset impairment charge	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	394,351	 	 	$	340,466	 	

Net income	 	$	156,662	 	 	$	138,822	 	
Plus: interest expense, net	 	 	53,817	 	 	 	47,582	 	
Plus: income tax expense	 	 	49,650	 	 	 	31,590	 	
Plus: other expense, net	 	 	9,911	 	 	 	4,372	 	
Less: equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax	 	 	1,992	 	 	 	3,272	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit	 	 	268,048	 	 	 	219,094	 	
Less: other expense, net	 	 	9,911	 	 	 	4,372	 	
Plus: depreciation, depletion and amortization expense	 	 	102,617	 	 	 	84,928	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	360,754	 	 	 	299,650	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	11,407	 	 	 	20,566	 	
Restructuring — related inventory charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	131	 	
Acquisition-related costs	 	 	19,228	 	 	 	20,119	 	
Non-cash intangible asset impairment charge	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	394,351	 	 	$	340,466	 	

 36 

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth EBITDA and EBITDA before special items for our business segments for the three-month periods ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 (Dollars in thousands):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
For the nine months ended July 31,	 	2011	 	 	2010	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit	 	$	184,191	 	 	$	184,382	 	
Less: other expense (income), net	 	 	7,487	 	 	 	4,338	 	
Plus: depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	64,693	 	 	 	59,585	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	241,397	 	 	 	239,629	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	7,960	 	 	 	15,933	 	
Restructuring — related inventory charges	 	 	—	 	 	 	131	 	
Acquisition-related costs	 	 	6,340	 	 	 	6,390	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	255,697	 	 	$	262,083	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Flexible Products & Services	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit (loss)	 	$	11,182	 	 	$	(1,497	)	
Less: other expense (income), net	 	 	2,038	 	 	 	51	 	
Plus: depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	12,477	 	 	 	1,882	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	21,621	 	 	 	334	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	3,914	 	 	 	45	 	
Acquisition-related costs	 	 	12,888	 	 	 	13,729	 	
Non-cash intangible asset impairment charge	 	 	2,962	 	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	41,385	 	 	$	14,108	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Paper Packaging	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit	 	$	56,555	 	 	$	30,196	 	
Less: other expense (income), net	 	 	394	 	 	 	(15	)	
Plus: depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	23,363	 	 	 	21,611	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	79,524	 	 	 	51,822	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	(461	)	 	 	4,588	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	79,063	 	 	$	56,410	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Land Management	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating profit	 	$	16,120	 	 	$	6,013	 	
Less: other expense (income), net	 	 	(8	)	 	 	(2	)	
Plus: depreciation, depletion and amortization expense	 	 	2,084	 	 	 	1,850	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA	 	 	18,212	 	 	 	7,865	 	
Restructuring charges	 	 	(6	)	 	 	—	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
EBITDA before special items	 	$	18,206	 	 	$	7,865	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated EBITDA	 	$	360,754	 	 	$	299,650	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Consolidated EBITDA before special items	 	$	394,351	 	 	$	340,466	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net Sales
Net sales were $3.1 billion for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $2.5 billion for first nine months of 2010. The 26.3 percent increase was due to higher sales volumes, increased selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher raw material costs and the positive impact of foreign currency translation. The $648.9 million increase was due to Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services ($318.8 million increase), Flexible Products & Services ($275.3 million increase), Paper Packaging ($48.6 million increase) and Land Management ($3.2 million increase).
Operating Costs
Cost of products sold, as a percentage of net sales, increased to 80.9 percent for the first nine months of 2011 compared to 79.8 percent for the first nine months of 2010. The higher cost of products sold as a percentage of net sales was primarily due to a shift in product mix and higher raw material costs, especially steel, resin and old corrugated container costs, which were partially offset by lower conversion costs due to improved productivity.
 
 37 

Table of Contents

SG&A expenses were $329.5 million, or 10.6 percent of net sales, in the first nine months of 2011 compared to $264.5 million, or 10.7 percent of net sales, in the first nine months of 2010. The dollar increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to the SG&A expenses of acquired companies as compared to the same period in 2010. Acquisition-related costs of $19.2 million and $20.1 million were included in SG&A expenses for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively.
During the first nine months of 2011, we recorded restructuring charges of $11.4 million, which compares to $20.6 million of restructuring charges during the first nine months of 2010. The restructuring activity for the nine month period ended July 31, 2011 consisted of $6.2 million in employee separation costs, $0.4 million in asset impairments and $4.8 million in other costs. The $6.2 million in employee separation costs relates to the realignment of our management structure, plant closings and prior year acquisitions.
The $4.8 million in other costs relates to professional fees and other administrative costs. The focus for restructuring activities in 2011 continues to be on the integration of recent acquisitions in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services and Flexible Products & Services segments. The restructuring activity for the nine month period ended July 31, 2010 consisted of $11.4 million in employee separation costs, $2.4 million in asset impairments and $6.9 million in other costs. Refer to Note 7 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item I of Part I of this Form 10-Q for additional disclosures regarding our restructuring activities.
The gain on disposal of properties, plants and equipment, net, increased to $14.1 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared to $6.9 million for the first nine months of 2010 primarily due to disposal of special-use properties of $8.9 million during the first nine months of 2011 compared to $2.1 million for the first nine months of 2010. The first nine months of 2011 also included a $2.5 million purchase price adjustment related to the expropriation of surplus property in a prior period.
Operating Profit
Operating profit was $268.0 million and $219.1 million in the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Operating profit before special items was $301.6 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared to $259.9 million for the first nine months of 2010. The $41.7 million increase in operating profit before special items was due to Paper Packaging ($21.3 million increase), Flexible Products & Services ($18.7 million increase) and Land Management ($10.1 million increase), partially offset by Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services ($8.3 million decrease).
EBITDA
EBITDA was $360.7 million and $299.6 million for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. EBITDA before special items increased 15.8 percent to $394.3 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $340.5 million for the first nine months of 2010. The $53.9 million increase was primarily due to the improved operating profit before special items in the Paper Packaging, Flexible Products & Services and Land Management segments.
Segment Review
Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services
Our Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment offers a comprehensive line of rigid industrial packaging products, such as steel, fibre and plastic drums, rigid intermediate bulk containers, closure systems for industrial packaging products, water bottles and reconditioned containers. In addition, this segment offers a wide variety of services, such as container lifecycle management, blending, filling and other packaging services, logistics and warehousing. The key factors influencing profitability in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services segment are:

 	•	 	Selling prices, customer demand and sales volumes;	

 	•	 	Raw material costs, primarily steel, resin and containerboard;	

 	•	 	Energy and transportation costs;	

 	•	 	Benefits from executing the Greif Business System;	

 	•	 	Restructuring charges;	
 
 38 

Table of Contents

 	•	 	Contributions from recent acquisitions;	

 	•	 	Divestiture of facilities; and	

 	•	 	Impact of foreign currency translation.	
Net sales were $2.2 billion for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $1.9 billion for the first nine months of 2010. The 16.9 percent increase in net sales was primarily due to higher sales volumes, higher selling prices resulting from the pass-through of higher input costs and the positive impact of foreign currency translation.
Gross profit margin decreased to 19.0 percent from 21.0 percent for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. This reduction was primarily due to a shift in product mix and higher raw material costs, especially steel and resin, partially offset by our cost pass-through mechanisms.
Operating profit was $184.2 million and $184.4 million for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Operating profit before special items decreased to $198.5 million for the first nine months of 2011 from $206.8 million for the first nine months of 2010. The $8.3 million decrease was primarily due to higher raw material costs, partially offset by higher sales volumes, selling prices and efficiency improvements.
EBITDA was $241.4 million and $239.6 million for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. EBITDA before special items was $255.7 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $262.1 million for the first nine months of 2010. EBITDA before special items decreased due to the same reasons impacting the operating profit before special items.
Flexible Products & Services
Our Flexible Products & Services segment offers a comprehensive line of flexible products, such as flexible intermediate bulk containers and multiwall bags. The key factors influencing profitability in the Flexible Products & Services segment are:

 	•	 	Selling prices, customer demand and sales volumes;	

 	•	 	Raw material costs, primarily resin and containerboard;	

 	•	 	Energy and transportation costs;	

 	•	 	Benefits from executing the Greif Business System;	

 	•	 	Restructuring charges;	

 	•	 	Contributions from recent acquisitions; and	

 	•	 	Impact of foreign currency translation.	
Net sales were $404.0 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $128.7 million for the first nine months of 2010. The increase was primarily due to the acquisitions of flexible intermediate bulk container companies during the second half of fiscal 2010. Both periods include our multiwall bag operations, which were previously included in the Paper Packaging segment, but which were reclassified in the second quarter of 2010.
Gross profit margin was 21.2 percent and 22.4 percent for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in gross profit margin was primarily due to the shift in product mix caused by the 2010 acquisitions.
Operating profit was $11.2 million for the first nine months of 2011 and operating loss was $1.5 million for the first nine months of 2010. Operating profit before special items increased to $31.0 million for the first nine months of 2011 from $12.3 million for the first nine months of 2010 primarily as a result of the acquisitions during the second half of fiscal 2010.
 
 39 

Table of Contents

EBITDA was $21.6 million and $0.3 million for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. EBITDA before special items was $41.4 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $14.1 million for the first nine months of 2010. EBITDA before special items increased due to the same reasons impacting the operating profit before special items.
Paper Packaging
Our Paper Packaging segment sells containerboard, corrugated sheets, and corrugated containers in North America. The key factors influencing profitability in the Paper Packaging segment are:

 	•	 	Selling prices, customer demand and sales volumes;	

 	•	 	Raw material costs, primarily old corrugated containers;	
 		
 	•	 	Energy and transportation costs;	

 	•	 	Benefits from executing the Greif Business System;	

 	•	 	Contributions from recent acquisitions;	

 	•	 	Divestiture of facilities; and	

 	•	 	Restructuring charges.	
Net sales were $496.1 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $444.5 million for the first nine months of 2010. The 11.6 percent increase in net sales was primarily due to higher sales volumes and higher containerboard selling prices.
Gross profit margin increased to 17.6 percent from 15.2 percent for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. This increase was primarily due to higher net sales and efficiency improvements, partially offset by higher raw material costs, especially old corrugated containers.
Operating profit was $56.5 million and $30.2 million for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. Operating profit before special items increased to $56.1 million for the first nine months of 2011 from $34.8 million for the first nine months of 2010. The $21.3 million increase was primarily due to higher net sales, improved gross profit margin and lower SG&A expenses.
EBITDA was $79.5 million and $51.8 million for the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. EBITDA before special items was $79.1 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $56.4 million for the first nine months of 2010. EBITDA before special items increased due to the same reasons impacting the operating profit before special items.
Land Management
As of July 31, 2011, our Land Management segment consists of approximately 266,100 acres of timber properties in the southeastern United States, which are actively harvested and regenerated, and approximately 14,700 acres in Canada. The key factors influencing profitability in the Land Management segment are:

 	•	 	Planned level of timber sales;	

 	•	 	Selling prices and customer demand;	

 	•	 	Gains (losses) on sale of timberland; and	

 	•	 	Gains on the disposal of special use properties (surplus, HBU, and development properties).	
Net sales were $14.5 million and $11.3 million for the first half of 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Operating profit and operating profit before special items was $16.1 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared to $6.0 million for the first nine months of 2010. The results of this segment reflect an increase in sales of special-use properties of $8.9 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared to $2.1 million for the first nine months of 2010. The first nine months of 2011 also included a $2.5 million purchase price adjustment related to the expropriation of surplus property in Canada in a prior period.
 
 40 

Table of Contents

EBITDA and EBITDA before special items was $18.2 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared with $7.9 million for the first nine months of 2010. Included in these amounts were profits from the sale of special-use properties and a purchase price adjustment in the third quarter of 2011.
Other Income Statement Changes
Interest expense, net
Interest expense, net, was $53.8 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared to $47.6 million for the first nine months of 2010.
The increase was primarily due to the higher level of debt resulting from acquisitions and related working capital requirements.
Other expense, net
Other expense, net was $9.9 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared to other expense, net of $4.4 million for the first nine months of 2010. The increase was primarily attributable to fees associated with the sale of non-United States accounts receivable and the impact of foreign currency exchange.
Income tax expense
The effective tax rate was 24.3 percent in the first nine months of 2011 compared to an effective tax rate of 18.9 percent in the first nine months of 2010. The change in the effective tax rate is primarily attributable to the recognition of a valuation allowance of a deferred tax assets in the first nine months of 2011, the incremental benefit from an alternative fuel tax credit in the first nine months of 2010, and other discrete tax items recognized in these periods.
Equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax
We recorded $2.0 million and $3.3 million of equity earnings of unconsolidated affiliates, net of tax, during the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests for the nine months ended July 31, 2011 and 2010 were $1.4 million and $5.4 million, respectively.
Net income attributable to Greif, Inc.
Based on the foregoing, we recorded net income of $155.3 million for the first nine months of 2011 compared to net income of $133.4 million in the first nine months of 2010.
BALANCE SHEET
Working capital changes
Accounts receivable increased $108.7 million from October 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011 primarily as a result of acquisitions.
Inventories increased $88.2 million from October 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011 primarily as a result of acquisitions and increased material costs.
Accounts payable increased by $17.2 million from October 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011 primarily as a result of acquisitions and timing of payments.
Short-term borrowings increased $56.5 million from October 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011 primarily as a result of funding acquisitions, capital expenditures and increased working capital requirements.
Other current liabilities increased $31.8 million from October 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011 primarily as a result of acquisitions.
 
 41 

Table of Contents

Other balance sheet changes
Properties, plants and equipment net increased $112.7 million from October 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011 primarily as a result of assets acquired through acquisitions and capital expenditures, partially offset by depreciation expense.
Goodwill increased by $85.1 million from October 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011 primarily as a result of the 2011 acquisitions in the Rigid Industrial Packaging & Services and 2010 acquisitions in the Flexible Products & Services segments. Certain business combinations that occurred at or near year-end were recorded with provisional estimates for fair value based on management’s best estimate.
Other intangible assets, net of amortization increased by $68.2 million from October 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011 primarily as a result of acquisitions.
Long-term debt increased $302.8 million from October 31, 2010 to July 31, 2011 primarily as a result of funding acquisitions, capital expenditures and increased working capital requirements.
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Our primary sources of liquidity are operating cash flows, the proceeds from our trade accounts receivable credit facility, proceeds from the sale of our non-United States accounts receivable and borrowings under our Credit Agreement and Senior Notes, further discussed below. We have used these sources to fund our working capital needs, capital expenditures, cash dividends, common stock repurchases and acquisitions. We anticipate continuing to fund these items in a like manner. We currently expect that operating cash flows, the proceeds from our trade accounts receivable credit facility, proceeds from the sale of our non-United States accounts receivable and borrowings under our Credit Agreement and Senior Notes will be sufficient to fund our currently anticipated working capital, capital expenditures, debt repayment, potential acquisitions of businesses and other liquidity needs for at least 12 months.
Capital Expenditures
During the first nine months of 2011, we invested $117.8 million in capital expenditures, excluding timberland purchases of $3.4 million, compared with capital expenditures of $101.0 million, excluding timberland purchases of $19.5 million, during the same period last year.
We expect capital expenditures, excluding timberland purchases and acquisitions, to be approximately $160 million in 2011. The expenditures will replace and improve existing equipment and fund new facilities.
Acquisitions, Divestitures and Other Significant Transactions
During the first nine months of 2011, we acquired four rigid industrial packaging companies and acquired the remaining minority ownership from a 2008 acquisition of a rigid industrial packaging company. The acquired rigid industrial packaging companies included a European company purchased in February 2011, a European company purchased in May 2011 and a European company purchased in July 2011. Additionally, we acquired the remaining minority ownership in an already consolidated South American acquisition from 2008 and a minority ownership interest in a North American company. The rigid industrial packaging acquisitions are expected to complement our existing product lines that together will provide growth opportunities and economies of scale. The aggregate purchase price for acquisitions during the first nine months of 2011 was $185.7 million.
Borrowing Arrangements
Credit Agreement
We and two of our international subsidiaries are borrowers under a $1.0 billion senior secured credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a syndicate of financial institutions. The Credit Agreement provides us with a $750 million revolving multicurrency credit facility and a $250 million term loan, both expiring October 29, 2015, with an option to add $250 million to the facilities with the agreement of the lenders. The $250 million term loan is scheduled to amortize by the payment of principal in the amount of $3.1 million each quarter-end for the first eight quarters, $6.3 million each quarter-end for the next eleven quarters and $156.3 million on the maturity date. The revolving credit facility under the Credit Agreement is available to fund ongoing working capital and capital expenditure needs, for general corporate purposes and to finance acquisitions. Interest is based on a Eurodollar rate or a base rate that resets periodically plus an agreed upon margin amount. On June 22, 2011, the Credit Agreement was amended to allow for the issuance of additional senior notes, and additional senior notes in the amount of €200.0 million were issued on July 15, 2011. As of July 31, 2011, a total of $284.3 million was outstanding under the Credit Agreement. The weighted average interest rate on the Credit Agreement was 2.13% for the nine months ended July 31, 2011.
 
 42 

Table of Contents

The Credit Agreement contains certain covenants, which include financial covenants that require us to maintain a certain leverage ratio and a fixed charge coverage ratio. The leverage ratio generally requires that at the end of any fiscal quarter we will not permit the ratio of (a) our total consolidated indebtedness, to (b) our consolidated net income plus depreciation, depletion and amortization, interest expense (including capitalized interest), income taxes, and minus certain extraordinary gains and non-recurring gains (or plus certain extraordinary losses and non-recurring losses) and plus or minus certain other items for the preceding twelve months (“adjusted EBITDA”) to be greater than 3.75 to 1 (or 3.5 to 1, during any collateral release period). The fixed charge coverage ratio generally requires that at the end of any fiscal quarter we will not permit the ratio of (a) (i) our adjusted EBITDA, less (ii) the aggregate amount of certain of our cash capital expenditures, and less (iii) the aggregate amount of our federal, state, local and foreign income taxes actually paid in cash (other than taxes related to asset sales not in the ordinary course of business), to (b) the sum of (i) our consolidated interest expense to the extent paid or payable in cash and (ii) the aggregate principal amount of all of our regularly scheduled principal payments or redemptions or similar acquisitions for value of outstanding debt for borrowed money, but excluding any such payments to the extent refinanced through the incurrence of additional indebtedness, to be less than 1.5 to 1, during the applicable trailing twelve month period. On July 31, 2011, we were in compliance with these two covenants.
The terms of the Credit Agreement limit our ability to make “restricted payments,” which include dividends and purchases, redemptions and acquisitions of our equity interests. The repayment of amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement are secured by a security interest in the personal property of Greif, Inc. and certain of our United States subsidiaries, including equipment and inventory and certain intangible assets, as well as a pledge of the capital stock of substantially all of our United States subsidiaries. The repayment of amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement is also secured, in part, by a pledge of the capital stock of the non-U.S. subsidiaries that are parties to the Credit Agreement. However, in the event that we receive and maintain an investment grade rating from either Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or Standard & Poor’s Corporation, we may request the release of such collateral. The payment of outstanding principal under the Credit Agreement and accrued interest thereon may be accelerated and become immediately due and payable upon our default in its payment or other performance obligations or our failure to comply with the financial and other covenants in the Credit Agreement, subject to applicable notice requirements and cure periods as provided in the Credit Agreement.
Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item I of Part I of this Form 10-Q for additional disclosures regarding the Credit Agreement.
Senior Notes
We have issued $300.0 million of our 6.75% Senior Notes due February 1, 2017. Proceeds from the issuance of these Senior Notes were principally used to fund the purchase of our previously outstanding senior subordinated notes and for general corporate purposes. These Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations of Greif, Inc., provide for semi-annual payments of interest at a fixed rate of 6.75%, and do not require any principal payments prior to maturity on February 1, 2017. These Senior Notes are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries and thereby are effectively subordinated to all of our subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness. The Indenture pursuant to which these Senior Notes were issued contains covenants, which, among other matters, limit our ability to create liens on our assets to secure debt and to enter into sale and leaseback transactions. These covenants are subject to a number of limitations and exceptions as set forth in the Indenture. At July 31, 2011, we were in compliance with these covenants.
We have issued $250.0 million of our 7.75% Senior Notes due August 1, 2019. Proceeds from the issuance of these Senior Notes were principally used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of amounts outstanding under our revolving multicurrency credit facility, without any permanent reduction of the commitments. These Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations of Greif, Inc., provide for semi-annual payments of interest at a fixed rate of 7.75%, and do not require any principal payments prior to maturity on August 1, 2019. These Senior Notes are not guaranteed by any of our subsidiaries and thereby are effectively subordinated to all of our subsidiaries’ existing and future indebtedness. The Indenture pursuant to which these Senior Notes were issued contains covenants, which, among other matters, limit our ability to create liens on our assets to secure debt and to enter into sale and leaseback transactions. These covenants are subject to a number of limitations and exceptions as set forth in the Indenture. At July 31, 2011, we were in compliance with these covenants.
 
 43 

Table of Contents

On July 15, 2011, our Luxembourg subsidiary issued €200.0 million of 7.375% Senior Notes due July 15, 2021. These Senior Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior basis by Greif, Inc. A portion of the proceeds from the issuance of these Senior Notes was used to repay non-U.S. borrowings under the Credit Agreement, without any permanent reduction of the commitments, with the remaining proceeds available for general corporate purposes, including the financing of acquisitions. These Senior Notes are general unsecured obligations of the Luxembourg subsidiary and Greif, Inc. and provide for semi-annual payments of interest at a fixed rate of 7.375%, and do not require any principal payments prior to maturity on July 15, 2021. These Senior Notes are not guaranteed by any subsidiaries of the issuer or Greif, Inc. and thereby are effectively subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness of the subsidiaries of the issuer and Greif, Inc. The Indenture pursuant to which these Senior Notes were issued contains covenants, which, among other matters, limit our ability to create liens on our assets to secure debt and to enter into sale and leaseback transactions. These covenants are subject to a number of limitations and exceptions as set forth in the Indenture. At July 31, 2011, we were in compliance with these covenants.
Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this Form 10-Q for additional disclosures regarding the Senior Notes.
United States Trade Accounts Receivable Credit Facility
We have a $135.0 million trade accounts receivable facility (the “Receivables Facility”) with a financial institution and its affiliate (the “Purchasers”). The Receivables Facility matures in December 2013, subject to earlier termination by the Purchasers of their purchase commitment in September 2011. In addition, we can terminate the Receivables Facility at any time upon five days prior written notice. The Receivables Facility is secured by certain of our United States trade receivables and bears interest at a variable rate based on the London Interbank Offered Rate plus a margin or other agreed-upon rate. Interest is payable on a monthly basis and the principal balance is payable upon termination of the Receivables Facility. The Receivables Facility contains certain covenants, including financial covenants for leverage and fixed charge ratios identical to the Credit Agreement. Proceeds of the Receivables Facility are available for working capital and general corporate purposes. At July 31, 2011, $125.0 million was outstanding under the Receivables Facility.
Refer to Note 9 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this Form 10-Q for additional disclosures regarding this credit facility.
Sale of Non-United States Accounts Receivable
Certain of our international subsidiaries have entered into discounted receivables purchase agreements and factoring agreements (the “RPAs”) pursuant to which trade receivables generated from certain countries other than the United States and which meet certain eligibility requirements are sold to certain international banks or their affiliates. The structure of these transactions provides for a legal true sale, on a revolving basis, of the receivables transferred from our various subsidiaries to the respective banks. The banks fund an initial purchase price of a certain percentage of eligible receivables based on a formula with the initial purchase price approximating 75 percent to 90 percent of eligible receivables. The remaining deferred purchase price is settled upon collection of the receivables. At the balance sheet reporting dates, we remove from accounts receivable the amount of proceeds received from the initial purchase price since they meet the applicable criteria of ASC 860 “Transfers and Servicing”, and continue to recognize the deferred purchase price in our accounts receivable. The receivables are sold on a non-recourse basis with the total funds in the servicing collection accounts pledged to the respective banks between the settlement dates. The maximum amount of aggregate receivables that may be financed under our various RPAs was $184.5 million at July 31, 2011. At July 31, 2011, total accounts receivable of $185.3 million were sold under the various RPAs. The Brazil RPA does not have a maximum amount that may be financed, and its portion of the total balance was $11.0 million at July 31, 2011.
At the time the receivables are initially sold, the difference between the carrying amount and the fair value of the assets sold are included as a loss on sale and classified as “other expense” in the consolidated statements of operations. Expenses associated with the various RPAs totaled $5.2 million for the nine months ended July 31, 2011. Additionally, we perform collections and administrative functions on the receivables sold similar to the procedures we use for collecting all of our receivables. The servicing liability for these receivables is not material to the consolidated financial statements.
Refer to Note 3 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 1 of Part I of this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding these various RPAs.
 
 44 

Table of Contents

Other
In addition to the amounts borrowed under the Credit Agreement and proceeds from the Senior Notes and the United States trade accounts receivable credit facility, at July 31, 2011, we had outstanding other debt of $140.5 million, consisting of $23.1 million in long-term debt and $117.4 million in short-term borrowings.
At July 31, 2011, the current portion of our long-term debt was $12.5 million. Annual maturities, including the current portion, of long-term debt under our various financing arrangements are $3.1 million in 2011, $35.6 million in 2012, $25.0 million in 2013, $150.0 million in 2014, $218.6 million in 2015 and $836.0 million thereafter.
At July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010, we had deferred financing fees and debt issuance costs of $23.6 million and $21.4 million, respectively, which were included in other long-term assets.
Financial Instruments
Interest Rate Derivatives
We have interest rate swap agreements with various maturities through January 2012. These interest rate swap agreements are used to manage our fixed and floating rate debt mix. Under these swap agreements, we receive interest monthly from the counterparties based upon LIBOR, and we pay interest based upon a designated fixed rate over the life of the swap agreements.
We have two interest rate derivatives (floating to fixed swap agreements recorded as cash flow hedges) with a total notional amount of $125 million. Under these swap agreements, we receive interest based upon a variable interest rate from the counterparties (weighted average of 0.19% at July 31, 2011 and 0.26% at October 31, 2010) and pay interest based upon a fixed interest rate (weighted average of 1.78% at July 31, 2011 and October 31, 2010).
In the third quarter of 2010, we terminated a $100.0 million fixed to floating swap, including any future cash flows, which had been recorded as a fair value hedge. Under this swap agreement, we received interest from the counterparty based upon a fixed rate of 6.75% and paid interest based upon a variable rate on a semi-annual basis. The termination of this swap agreement resulted in a cash gain of $3.6 million.
Foreign Exchange Hedges
At July 31, 2011 we had outstanding foreign currency forward in the notional amount of $157.1 million ($252.9 million at October 31, 2010). The purpose of these contracts is to hedge our exposure to foreign currency transactions and short-term intercompany loan balances in our international businesses. The fair value of these contracts at July 31, 2011 resulted in a loss of $2.6 million recorded in the consolidated statements of operations and a loss of $0.2 million recorded in other comprehensive income. The fair value of similar contracts at October 31, 2010 resulted in a gain of $0.8 million in the consolidated statements of operations and a loss of $2.3 million recorded in other comprehensive income.
Energy Hedges
We have entered into certain cash flow hedge agreements to mitigate our exposure to cost fluctuations in natural gas prices through October 31, 2011. Under these hedge agreements, we have agreed to purchase natural gas at a fixed price. At July 31, 2011, the notional amount of these hedges was $0.4 million ($2.4 million at October 31, 2010). The other comprehensive gain on these agreements was immaterial at July 31, 2011 and $0.3 million at October 31, 2010.
 
 45 

Table of Contents

Contractual Obligations
As of July 31, 2011, we had the following contractual obligations (Dollars in millions):
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Payments Due by Period	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Less than 1	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Total	 	 	year	 	 	1- 3 years	 	 	3-5 years	 	 	After 5 years	 	
Long-term debt	 	$	1,749.8	 	 	$	68.2	 	 	$	329.2	 	 	$	353.5	 	 	$	998.9	 	
Current portion of long-term debt	 	 	12.5	 	 	 	12.5	 	 	 	0.0	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Short-term borrowing	 	 	124.1	 	 	 	124.1	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	—	 	
Capital lease obligations	 	 	10.1	 	 	 	0.4	 	 	 	4.0	 	 	 	5.7	 	 	 	—	 	
Operating leases	 	 	7.0	 	 	 	0.9	 	 	 	3.8	 	 	 	2.1	 	 	 	0.2	 	
Liabilities held by special purpose entities	 	 	69.6	 	 	 	0.6	 	 	 	4.5	 	 	 	4.5	 	 	 	60.0	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	 	$	1,973.1	 	 	$	206.7	 	 	$	341.5	 	 	$	365.8	 	 	$	1,059.1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Note: Amounts presented in the contractual obligation table include interest.
Our unrecognized tax benefits under ASC 740, “Income Taxes” have been excluded from the contractual obligations table because of the inherent uncertainty and the inability to reasonably estimate the timing of cash outflows.
Stock Repurchase Program and Other Share Acquisitions
Our Board of Directors has authorized us to purchase up to four million shares of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock or any combination of the foregoing. During the first nine months of 2011, we repurchased no shares of Class A Common Stock, and we repurchased 50,000 shares of Class B Common Stock (see Item 2 to this Form 10-Q for additional information regarding these repurchases). As of July 31, 2011, we had repurchased 2,933,272 shares, including 1,416,752 shares of Class A Common Stock and 1,516,520 shares of Class B Common Stock, under this program. The total cost of the shares repurchased from November 1, 2009 through July 31, 2011 was $5.8 million.
VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES
We evaluate whether an entity is a variable interest entity (“VIE”) and determine if the primary beneficiary status is appropriate on a quarterly basis. We consolidate VIE’s for which we are the primary beneficiary. If we are not the primary beneficiary and an ownership interest is held, the VIE is accounted for under the equity method of accounting. When assessing the determination of the primary beneficiary, we consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including: the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb the expected losses and/or the right to receive the expected returns of the VIE.
During 2011, we acquired a minority ownership interest in an entity that is accounted for as an unconsolidated equity investment. This entity is deemed to be a VIE since the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. However, we are not the primary beneficiary because we do not have (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, or (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. As a result, this entity is not consolidated in our results.
Significant Nonstrategic Timberland Transactions
On March 28, 2005, Soterra LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary) entered into two real estate purchase and sale agreements with Plum Creek Timberlands, L.P. (“Plum Creek”) to sell approximately 56,000 acres of timberland and related assets located primarily in Florida for an aggregate sales price of approximately $90 million, subject to closing adjustments. In connection with the closing of one of these agreements, Soterra LLC sold approximately 35,000 acres of timberland and associated assets in Florida, Georgia and Alabama for $51.0 million, resulting in a pretax gain of $42.1 million, on May 23, 2005. The purchase price was paid in the form of cash and a $50.9 million purchase note payable (the “Purchase Note”) by an indirect subsidiary of Plum Creek (the “Buyer SPE”). Soterra LLC contributed the Purchase Note to STA Timber LLC (“STA Timber”), one of our indirect wholly owned subsidiaries. The Purchase Note is secured by a Deed of Guarantee issued by Bank of America, N.A., London Branch, in an amount not to exceed $52.3 million (the “Deed of Guarantee”), as a guarantee of the due and punctual payment of principal and interest on the Purchase Note.
 
 46 

Table of Contents

On May 31, 2005, STA Timber issued in a private placement its 5.20% Senior Secured Notes due August 5, 2020 (the “Monetization Notes”) in the principal amount of $43.3 million. In connection with the sale of the Monetization Notes, STA Timber entered into note purchase agreements with the purchasers of the Monetization Notes (the “Note Purchase Agreements”) and related documentation. The Monetization Notes are secured by a pledge of the Purchase Note and the Deed of Guarantee. The Monetization Notes may be accelerated in the event of a default in payment or a breach of the other obligations set forth therein or in the Note Purchase Agreements or related documents, subject in certain cases to any applicable cure periods, or upon the occurrence of certain insolvency or bankruptcy related events. The Monetization Notes are subject to a mechanism that may cause them, subject to certain conditions, to be extended to November 5, 2020. The proceeds from the sale of the Monetization Notes were primarily used for the repayment of indebtedness. Greif, Inc. and its other subsidiaries have not extended any form of guaranty of the principal or interest on the Monetization Notes. Accordingly, Greif, Inc. and its other subsidiaries will not become directly or contingently liable for the payment of the Monetization Notes at any time. The Buyer SPE is a separate and distinct legal entity from us; however the Buyer SPE has been consolidated into our operations.
The Buyer SPE is deemed to be a VIE since the assets of the Buyer SPE are not available to satisfy the liabilities of the Buyer SPE. The Buyer SPE is a separate and distinct legal entity from us, but we are the primary beneficiary because we have (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. As a result, Buyer SPE has been consolidated into our operations.
Flexible Products Joint Venture
On September 29, 2010, Greif, Inc. and its indirect subsidiary Greif International Holding Supra C.V. formed a joint venture (referred to herein as the “Flexible Products JV”) with Dabbagh Group Holding Company Limited and its subsidiary National Scientific Company Limited. The Flexible Products JV owns the operations in the Flexible Products & Services segment, with the exception of the North American multi-wall bag business. The Flexible Products JV has been consolidated into our operations as of its formation date of September 29, 2010.
The Flexible Products JV is deemed to be a VIE since the total equity investment at risk is not sufficient to permit the legal entity to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support. We are the primary beneficiary because we have (1) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance, and (2) the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE.
RECENT ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Newly Adopted Accounting Standards
In June 2009, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) amended Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 860, “Transfers and Servicing”. The amendment to ASC 860 requires an enterprise to evaluate whether the transaction is legally isolated from us and whether the results of the transaction are consolidated within the consolidated financial statements. We adopted the new guidance beginning November 1, 2010, and the adoption of the new guidance did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, other than the related disclosures.
In June 2009, the FASB amended ASC 810, “Consolidation”. The amendment to ASC 810 changed the methodology for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity (“VIE”) from a quantitative risk and rewards based model to a qualitative determination. It also requires enhanced disclosures that will provide users of financial statements with more transparent information about an enterprise’s involvement in a VIE. Accordingly, we reevaluated its previous ASC 810 conclusions, including (1) whether an entity is a VIE, (2) whether the enterprise is the VIE’s primary beneficiary, and (3) what type of financial statement disclosures are required. We adopted the new guidance beginning November 1, 2010, and the adoption of the new guidance did not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, other than the related disclosures.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
Effective July 1, 2009, changes to the ASC are communicated through an Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”). As of July 31, 2011, the FASB has issued ASU’s 2009-01 through 2011-07. We reviewed each ASU and determined that they will not have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, other than the related disclosures.
 
 47 

Table of Contents

In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-29 “Business Combinations: Disclosure of supplementary pro forma information for business combinations”. The amendment to ASC 805 “Business Combinations” requires a public entity to disclose pro forma information for business combinations that occurred in the current reporting period. The disclosures include pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the current reporting period as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the year had been as of the beginning of the annual reporting period. If comparative financial statements are presented, the pro forma revenue and earnings of the combined entity for the comparable prior reporting period should be reported as though the acquisition date for all business combinations that occurred during the current year had been as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period. We will adopt the new guidance beginning November 1, 2011, and the adoption of the new guidance will not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, other than the related disclosures.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05 “Comprehensive Income: Presentation of comprehensive income”. The amendment to ASC 220 “Comprehensive Income” requires that all non-owner changes in stockholders’ equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. In the two-statement approach, the first statement should present total net income and its components followed consecutively by a second statement that should present total other comprehensive income, the components of other comprehensive income, and the total of comprehensive income. We will adopt the new guidance beginning November 1, 2011, and the adoption of the new guidance will not impact our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, other than the related disclosures.

ITEM 3.	 	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK	
There has not been a significant change in the quantitative and qualitative disclosures about our market risk from the disclosures contained in the 2010 Form 10-K.

ITEM 4.	 	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
With the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, our management has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon that evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report:

 	•	 	Information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission;	

 	•	 	Information required to be disclosed by us in the reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure; and	

 	•	 	Our disclosure controls and procedures are effective.	
There has been no change in our internal controls over financial reporting that occurred during the most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal controls over financial reporting.
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1A.	 	RISK FACTORS	
The following risk factor could affect our actual financial and/or operational performance. Except for such risk factor, there have been no other material changes in our risk factors from those disclosed in the 2010 Form 10-K under Part I, Item 1A — Risk Factors.

 	 	We may incur fines or penalties, damage to our reputation or other adverse consequences if our employees, agents or business partners violate, or are alleged to have violated, anti-bribery, competition or other laws.	
 	 	We cannot provide assurance that our internal controls will always protect us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, agents or business partners that would violate U.S. and/or non-U.S. laws, including anti-bribery, competition, trade sanctions and regulation, and other laws. Any such improper actions could subject us to civil or criminal investigations in the U.S. and in other jurisdictions, could lead to substantial civil or criminal monetary and non-monetary penalties against us or our subsidiaries, and could damage our reputation. Even the allegation or appearance of our employees, agents or business partners acting improperly or illegally could damage our reputation and result in significant expenditures in investigating and responding to such actions.	
 
 48 

Table of Contents

			
ITEM 2.	 	UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS	
Issuer Purchases of Class A Common Stock
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Maximum Number (or	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total Number of	 	 	Approximate Dollar	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Shares Purchased as	 	 	Value) of Shares that	 	
 	 	Total Number	 	 	 	 	 	 	Part of Publicly	 	 	May Yet Be	 	
 	 	of Shares	 	 	Average Price	 	 	Announced Plans or	 	 	Purchased under the	 	
Period	 	Purchased	 	 	Paid Per Share	 	 	Programs (1)	 	 	Plans or Programs (1)	 	
November 2010	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,116,728	 	
December 2010	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,116,728	 	
January 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,116,728	 	
February 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,116,728	 	
March 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,066,728	 	
April 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,066,728	 	
May 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,066,728	 	
June 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,066,728	 	
July 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,066,728	 	
Issuer Purchases of Class B Common Stock
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Maximum Number (or	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Total Number of	 	 	Approximate Dollar	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	Shares Purchased as	 	 	Value) of Shares that	 	
 	 	Total Number	 	 	 	 	 	 	Part of Publicly	 	 	May Yet Be	 	
 	 	of Shares	 	 	Average Price	 	 	Announced Plans or	 	 	Purchased under the	 	
Period	 	Purchased	 	 	Paid Per Share	 	 	Programs (1)	 	 	Plans or Programs (1)	 	
November 2010	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,116,728	 	
December 2010	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,116,728	 	
January 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,116,728	 	
February 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,116,728	 	
March 2011	 	 	50,000	 	 	$	61.20	 	 	 	50,000	 	 	 	1,066,728	 	
April 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,066,728	 	
May 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,066,728	 	
June 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,066,728	 	
July 2011	 	 	—	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—	 	 	 	1,066,728	 	

(1)	 	Our Board of Directors has authorized a stock repurchase program which permits us to purchase up to 4.0 million shares of our Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock, or any combination thereof. As of July 31, 2011, the maximum number of shares that may yet be purchased was 1,066,728 shares, which may be any combination of Class A Common Stock or Class B Common Stock.	

ITEM 6.	 	EXHIBITS	
(a.) Exhibits
 	 	 	 	 	
Exhibit No.	 	Description of Exhibit	
 	31.1	 	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a — 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.	
 	31.2	 	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Rule 13a — 14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.	
 	32.1	 	 	Certification of Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a — 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.	
 	32.2	 	 	Certification of Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a — 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.	
 	99.1	 	 	Restricted Share Award Agreement Under the 2001 Management Equity Incentive and Compensation Plan dated June 10, 2011, with Robert M. McNutt	
 	99.2	 	 	First Amendment dated as of June 22, 2011, to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of October 29, 2010, among Greif, Inc., Greif International Holding Supra C.V. and Greif International Holding B.V., as Borrowers, a syndicate of financial institutions, as Lenders, and Bank Of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.	
 	99.3	 	 	Indenture dated as of July 15, 2011, among Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A., as Issuer, Greif, Inc. as Guarantor, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee and Principal Paying Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Transfer Agent, Registrar and Luxembourg Paying Agent, regarding 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021	
 
 49 

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereto duly authorized.
 	 	 	 	 	
 	Greif, Inc.
(Registrant)
 	 	
Date: September 2, 2011 	/s/ Robert M. McNutt  	 	
 	Robert M. McNutt,  	 	
 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Duly Authorized Signatory) 	 	
 
 50 

Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION
I, Michael J. Gasser, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Greif, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)	 	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

b)	 	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

c)	 	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

d)	 	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	 	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

b)	 	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
 	 	 	 	 	
Date: September 2, 2011 	/s/ Michael J. Gasser  	 	
 	Michael J. Gasser, 	 	
 	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal executive officer) 	 	

Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION
I, Robert M. McNutt, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q of Greif, Inc.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this quarterly report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)	 	Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;	

b)	 	Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;	

c)	 	Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and	

d)	 	Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and	
5. The registrant’s other certifying officers and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a)	 	All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and	

b)	 	Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.	
 	 	 	 	 	
Date: September 2, 2011 	/s/ Robert M. McNutt  	 	
 	Robert M. McNutt, 	 	
 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal financial officer) 	 	

Exhibit 32.1
Certification Required by Rule 13a — 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 1350
of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Greif, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Michael J. Gasser, the chief executive officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 	(1)	 	The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	

 	(2)	 	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
 	 	 	 	 	
Date: September 2, 2011 	/s/ Michael J. Gasser  	 	
 	Michael J. Gasser, 	 	
 	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer 	 	
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Greif, Inc. and will be retained by Greif, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Exhibit 32.2
Certification Required by Rule 13a — 14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of
Title 18 of the United States Code
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Greif, Inc. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended July 31, 2011, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Robert M. McNutt, the chief financial officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

 	(1)	 	The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and	

 	(2)	 	The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.	
 	 	 	 	 	
Date: September 2, 2011 	/s/ Robert M. McNutt  	 	
 	Robert M. McNutt, 	 	
 	Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 	 	
A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Greif, Inc. and will be retained by Greif, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

GREIF, INC.
RESTRICTED SHARE AWARD AGREEMENT
UNDER THE
2001 MANAGEMENT EQUITY INCENTIVE
AND COMPENSATION PLAN
Greif, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has awarded to Robert M. McNutt (the “Recipient”) as of June 10, 2011 (the “Award Date”) thirty thousand (30,000) shares (the “Restricted Shares”) of Class A Common Stock, without par value, of the Company (the “Shares”). The Restricted Shares have been awarded pursuant to the Company’s 2001 Management Equity Incentive and Compensation Plan (the “Plan”) and shall be subject to all of the provisions of the Plan, which are hereby incorporated herein by reference, and shall be subject to the following provisions of this agreement. Capitalized terms used in this agreement that are not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Plan.
1.  Restrictions on Transfer . During the period commencing on the Award Date and continuing until January 1, 2016 (the “Restriction Period”), the Recipient shall not sell, pledge, encumber, assign, or otherwise transfer the Restricted Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the Recipient’s death or disability (as defined below), the foregoing restriction on transfer shall terminate and the legal representative or designated beneficiary of the Restricted Shares may transfer such Restricted Shares before the end of the Restriction Period. For purposes of this Agreement, “disability” has the meaning ascribed to such term in the long term disability plan maintained by the Company at the time that the determination of disability is made hereunder.
2.  Purchase Price . The purchase price for the Restricted Shares shall be $0.
3.  Vesting Schedule; No Risk of Forfeiture . The Restricted Shares shall vest in accordance with the following schedule and upon the date that Restricted Shares become fully vested, such Restricted Shares are not subject to any risk of forfeiture:
 	 	 	
# of Restricted Shares	 	Vesting Date	
7,500	 	June 16, 2011	
7,500	 	January 1, 2012	
7,500	 	January 1, 2013	
7,500	 	January 1, 2014	
In the event that the Recipient’s employment with the Company terminates before a Vesting Date, then the Restricted Shares that have not vested before the date of termination shall be forfeited. Notwithstanding the foregoing or the provisions of the Plan to the contrary, if Recipient’s employment with the Company terminates due to death, disability, involuntary termination without cause or a change of control prior to the end of the Restriction Period, the Restricted Shares shall be fully vested.
4.  Stock Issuances . Upon execution and delivery of this agreement by the Recipient, receipt of payment of the full purchase price for the Restricted Shares subject to this agreement, if any, and as the vesting requirements contained herein are satisfied with respect to a portion of the Restricted Shares, the Company shall issue that portion of the Restricted Shares to the Recipient. The Company may issue the Restricted Shares in the form of a certificate or by book entry, in the Company’s sole discretion. Certificates issued with respect to the Restricted Shares shall bear appropriate legends with respect to the transfer restrictions set forth in this agreement. Upon the expiration of all transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Shares, unrestricted Shares shall be issued and delivered to the Recipient. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Recipient may elect that the portion of the Restricted Shares to be issued after a Vesting Date be paid in a combination of cash and Restricted Shares as hereinafter described. In order to elect this option, the Recipient must notify the Secretary of the Company in writing no later than ten business days before the relevant Vesting Date (the “Election Notice”), and the Election Notice must certify the Recipient’s federal income tax rate plus the medicare rate plus the applicable state tax rate (collectively, the “Tax Rate”); provided that the Tax Rate shall not exceed forty percent (40%). If the Election Notice is properly provided, the amount of any such cash payment shall be determined as follows (the “Cash Payment Portion”): the closing price per share of the Shares on the business day immediately preceding the date such Restricted Shares are to be issued (the “Closing per Share Price”) multiplied by the number of such Restricted Shares to be issued (the product being the “Total Award Price”) and then multiplied by the Tax Rate set forth in the relevant Election Notice. If the Election Notice is properly provided, the number of Restricted Shares awarded shall be determined as follows (the “Restricted Share Portion”): The Total Award Price minus the Cash Payment Portion divided by the Closing per Share Price, rounded down to the nearest whole share, with any difference being paid in cash.

 

5.  Rights As Stockholder . On and after the issuance of the Restricted Shares to the Recipient, the Recipient shall have all of the rights of a stockholder of the Company with respect to the Restricted Shares so issued, including the right to vote the issued Restricted Shares and the right to receive any dividends or other distributions with respect to the issued Restricted Shares, but subject, however, to the restrictions on transfer set forth in this agreement.
6.  Acceptance of Award . The award of the Restricted Shares must be accepted by the Recipient within 30 days after the Award Date by executing this agreement and paying the purchase price, if any, required under §2 of this agreement. The Recipient shall not have any rights with respect to the Restricted Shares awarded under this agreement unless and until the Recipient has executed this agreement, delivered a fully executed copy thereof to the Secretary of the Company, and otherwise complied with the applicable terms and conditions of the award of the Restricted Shares.
7.  Taxes . The Recipient hereby agrees that, upon request by the Company, the Recipient shall pay to the Company an amount equal to all taxes which the Company is required to withhold with respect to the award of the Restricted Shares to the Recipient or make arrangements satisfactory to the Company regarding the payment of such taxes, or, in lieu thereof, the Company shall have the right to retain or sell without notice a number of Restricted Shares sufficient to cover the amount required to be withheld. The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or other arrangements acceptable to the Company.
8.  Compliance with Securities Laws . No Restricted Shares shall be deliverable under this agreement or the Plan except in compliance with all applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations. The Company may require the Recipient (a) to represent and warrant to and agree with the Company in writing that the Recipient is acquiring the Restricted Shares without a view to distribution thereof, and (b) to make such additional representations, warranties and agreements with respect to the investment intent of the Recipient as the Company may reasonably request.
All certificates for the Restricted Shares shall be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as the Company may deem advisable under the rules, regulations, and other requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, any stock exchange upon which the Shares are then listed, and any applicable federal or state securities laws, and the Company may cause a legend or legends to be put on any such certificates to make appropriate reference to such restrictions.
9.  Section 16 Compliance . Unless the Recipient could otherwise dispose of the Restricted Shares without incurring liability under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, none of the Restricted Shares may be disposed of until at least six months have elapsed from the Award Date.

 	 	GREIF, INC.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ Michael J. Gasser	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 
Michael J. Gasser, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer	 	 	
 
 2 

 

Acceptance of Agreement
The Recipient hereby: (a) acknowledges receiving a copy of the Plan and represents that the Recipient is familiar with all provisions of the Plan; and (b) accepts this agreement and the award of the Restricted Shares under this agreement subject to all terms, provisions, and restrictions of both the Plan and this agreement.

 	 	/s/ Robert M. McNutt
Robert M. McNutt	 	 	
 	 	Dated as of June 10, 2011	 	 	
 
 3 

EXECUTION COPY
FIRST AMENDMENT TO
AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO AMENDED AND RESTATED CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of June 22, 2011 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Existing Credit Agreement (such capitalized terms and other capitalized terms used in this preamble and the recitals below shall have the meanings set forth in, or are defined by reference in, Article I below) is among GREIF, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), GREIF INTERNATIONAL HOLDING SUPRA C.V., a limited partnership ( commanditaire vennootschap ) incorporated and existing under the laws of The Netherlands with statutory seat in Amsterdam, The Netherlands (“ Greif CV1 ”), GREIF INTERNATIONAL HOLDING B.V., a private limited liability company ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated and existing under the laws of The Netherlands with statutory seat in Amstelveen, The Netherlands (together with the Company and Greif CV1, the “ Borrowers ” and each, a “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.
W I T N E S S E T H :
WHEREAS, the Borrowers, the Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the L/C Issuer are parties to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010 (as amended or otherwise modified prior to the date hereof, the “ Existing Credit Agreement ”, and as amended by this Amendment and as the same may be further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”); and
WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested that the Lenders amend certain provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement and the Lenders are willing, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth, to make the amendments to the Existing Credit Agreement set forth below.
NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto hereby covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS
SECTION 1.1. Certain Definitions . The following terms when used in this Amendment shall have the following meanings (such meanings to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms thereof):
“ Amendment ” is defined in the preamble .
“ Amendment Effective Date ” is defined in Article IV .
“ Borrower ” is defined in the preamble .

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

“ Company ” is defined in the preamble .
“ Credit Agreement ” is defined in the first recital .
“ Existing Credit Agreement ” is defined in the first recital .
“ Greif CV1 ” is defined in the preamble .
SECTION 1.2. Other Definitions . Capitalized terms for which meanings are provided in the Existing Credit Agreement are, unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, used in this Amendment with such meanings.
ARTICLE II
AMENDMENTS TO EXISTING CREDIT AGREEMENT
Effective on (and subject to the occurrence of) the Amendment Effective Date, the provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement referred to below are hereby amended in accordance with this Article II .
SECTION 2.1. Amendments to Article I .
SECTION 2.1.1. Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following definitions in their proper alphabetical places:
“ Excluded Foreign Issuer ” means any Specified Foreign Issuer that (a) is a special purpose, Wholly-Owned Subsidiary of the Company which has been or may be formed for the sole and exclusive purpose of engaging in activities in connection with the issuance of Specified Foreign Indebtedness; or (b) has incurred Specified Foreign Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not exceeding the Dollar Equivalent of € 35,000,000; provided that, in either case, the terms of, and the definitive debt documentation with respect to, any Specified Foreign Indebtedness incurred by such Specified Foreign Issuer shall otherwise comply with the requirements of the Loan Documents, including as set forth in Section 7.13 .
“ First Amendment Effective Date ” means June 22, 2011.
“ Specified Foreign Indebtedness ” means Indebtedness of a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company (including Indebtedness of the type described in clause (a) of the definition of “Specified Notes”) having a maturity not earlier than the date that is six months following the Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facility or the Term Facility, whichever occurs later.
“ Specified Foreign Issuer ” means, individually or collectively as the context may require, (a) any Foreign Subsidiary of the Company that issues Indebtedness of the type described in clause (a) of the definition of “Specified Notes”; and (b) each other Foreign Subsidiary of the Company (other than any Designated Borrower that is a Foreign Subsidiary) that issues Specified Foreign Indebtedness.

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	
 
 2 

 

“ Specified Notes ” means, as the context may require, (a) Senior Notes to be issued by a Foreign Subsidiary of the Company within six months following the First Amendment Effective Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its reasonable discretion, which in any event shall be no later than nine months following the First Amendment Effective Date), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed € 300,000,000 and having a maturity not earlier than six months following the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility or the Term Facility, whichever occurs later; or (b) Senior Notes to be issued by the Company, in lieu of the Senior Notes described in clause (a) above, within six months following the First Amendment Effective Date (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its reasonable discretion, which in any event shall be no later than nine months following the First Amendment Effective Date), in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Dollar Equivalent of € 300,000,000 and having a maturity not earlier than six months following the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility or the Term Facility, whichever occurs later.
SECTION 2.1.2. Section 1.01 of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended by amending the following definitions in their entirety to read as follows:
“ Senior Note Documents ” means, collectively, (a) the Indenture, dated as of February 9, 2007, between the Company, as Issuer, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee; (b) the Indenture, dated as of July 28, 2009, among the Company and U.S. Bank National Association; (c) the Indenture in respect of the Specified Notes; (d) the Senior Notes; and (e) all other agreements, instruments and other documents pursuant to which the Senior Notes have been or will be issued or otherwise setting forth the terms of the Senior Notes.
“ Senior Notes ” means, collectively, (a) the Company’s 6- 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2017, (b) the Company’s 7- 3 / 4 % Senior Notes due 2019 and (c) the Specified Notes.
SECTION 2.2. Amendments to Article VI . Sections 6.11(e) and (f) of the Existing Credit Agreement are hereby amended in their entirety to read as follows:
(e) Upon the date (i) of the formation or acquisition of any new Foreign Subsidiary that is a direct parent of a Designated Borrower that is a Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) on which any Foreign Subsidiary (other than Greif CV1 or Greif International Holding) becomes a Designated Borrower, or (iii) on which any Specified Foreign Issuer (other than an Excluded Foreign Issuer) incurs Specified Foreign Indebtedness, the Company shall (if it has not already done so), at the Company’s expense, within sixty (60) days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its reasonable discretion) after such date (but in any event no earlier than the Restructuring Effective Date), cause such Foreign Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, (A) a Foreign Subsidiary Guaranty, guaranteeing the Obligations in accordance with the penultimate paragraph of this Section 6.11 , and (B) a Foreign Security Agreement, securing payment of the Obligations in accordance with the paragraph immediately following clause (g) of this Section 6.11 , including delivery of all instruments of the type specified in Section 4.01(a)(iii) ).

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	
 
 3 

 

(f) Within sixty (60) days (or such later date as the Administrative Agent shall agree in its reasonable discretion) of (i) the formation or acquisition of any new Subsidiary, (ii) the addition of a Designated Borrower under this Agreement or (iii) the issuance of Specified Foreign Indebtedness by a Specified Foreign Issuer (other than an Excluded Foreign Issuer), in each case as described in clauses (d) and (e) above, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, upon the request of the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion, a signed copy of a favorable opinion, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
SECTION 2.3. Amendment to Article VII . Section 7.02(m) of the Existing Credit Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
(m) Indebtedness, in addition to that referred to elsewhere in this Section 7.02 , (i) constituting Specified Foreign Indebtedness, in a Dollar Equivalent principal amount not to exceed 10% of the Company’s Consolidated Tangible Assets; plus (ii) constituting other Indebtedness incurred by Foreign Subsidiaries, in a Dollar Equivalent principal amount not to exceed 5% of the Company’s Consolidated Tangible Assets; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness described in clauses (i) and (ii) above that may be secured under Section 7.01(i) shall not exceed $15,000,000;
ARTICLE III
CONDITIONS TO EFFECTIVENESS
This Amendment shall become effective on the date first written above (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) when the following conditions have been met:
SECTION 3.1. Counterparts . The Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof executed on behalf of the Borrowers and the requisite Lenders.
SECTION 3.2. Costs and Expenses, etc . The Administrative Agent shall have received for the account of each Lender, all fees, costs and expenses due and payable pursuant to Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement, if then invoiced.

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	
 
 4 

 

SECTION 3.3. Amendment Fee . The Administrative Agent shall have received, for the ratable benefit of each Lender (that has delivered its signature page in a manner and before the time set forth below), a non-refundable fee in an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $10,000 and (b) 0.05% of the sum of (i) Total Outstandings and (ii) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments, in each case as of the Amendment Effective Date, but payable only to each such Lender that has delivered (including by way of facsimile or email) its executed signature page to this Amendment to the attention of Michael Gaffney at Mayer Brown LLP, 214 N. Tryon Street, Suite 3800, Charlotte, North Carolina 28202, facsimile number: (704) 377-2033, email address: mgaffney@mayerbrown.com, at or prior to 5:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on June 20, 2011.
SECTION 3.4. Affirmation and Consent . The Administrative Agent shall have received, with counterparts for each Lender, a duly executed copy of an Affirmation and Consent, dated as of the Amendment Effective Date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, duly executed and delivered by each of the Loan Parties (other than the Borrowers).
SECTION 3.5. Other Documents . The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents, agreements or information as the Administrative Agent, any Lender or counsel to the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.
ARTICLE IV
MISCELLANEOUS
SECTION 4.1. Cross-References . References in this Amendment to any Article or Section are, unless otherwise specified, to such Article or Section of this Amendment.
SECTION 4.2. Loan Document Pursuant to Existing Credit Agreement . This Amendment is a Loan Document executed pursuant to the Existing Credit Agreement and shall (unless otherwise expressly indicated therein) be construed, administered and applied in accordance with all of the terms and provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement, as amended hereby, including Article X thereof.
SECTION 4.3. Successors and Assigns . This Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.
SECTION 4.4. Counterparts . This Amendment may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Amendment.

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	
 
 5 

 

SECTION 4.5. Governing Law . THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.
SECTION 4.6. Full Force and Effect; Limited Amendment . Except as expressly amended hereby, all of the representations, warranties, terms, covenants, conditions and other provisions of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Collateral Documents and the other Loan Documents shall remain unchanged and shall continue to be, and shall remain, in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms. The amendments set forth herein shall be limited precisely as provided for herein to the provisions expressly amended herein and shall not be deemed to be an amendment to, waiver of, consent to or modification of any other term or provision of the Existing Credit Agreement, the Collateral Documents or any other Loan Document or of any transaction or further or future action on the part of any Loan Party which would require the consent of the Lenders under the Existing Credit Agreement, the Collateral Documents or any of the Loan Documents.
SECTION 4.7. Representations and Warranties . To induce the Lenders to execute and deliver this Amendment, the Borrowers hereby represent and warrant to the Lenders on the Amendment Effective Date that no Default or Event of Default exists and all statements set forth in Section 4.02(a) of the Credit Agreement are true and correct as of such date, except to the extent that any such statement expressly relates to an earlier date (in which case such statement was true and correct on and as of such earlier date).

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	
 
 6 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed and delivered this Amendment as of the date first above written.
 	 	 	 	 	
 	GREIF, INC.
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ John K. Dieker  	 	
 	 	Name:  	John K. Dieker 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President and Treasurer 	 	
 	
 	GREIF INTERNATIONAL HOLDING SUPRA C.V.  	 	
 		
 	By:  	Greif CV-Management LLC, its general partner  	 	
 	
 	By:  	/s/ John K. Dieker  	 	
 	 	Name:  	John K. Dieker 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Treasurer 	 	
 	
 	GREIF INTERNATIONAL HOLDING B.V.
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Gary R. Martz  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Gary R. Martz 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Director 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Maurice Washington  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Maurice Washington 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Bank of America. N.A. , as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Irene Bertozzi Bartenstein  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Irene Bertozzi Bartenstein 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Director 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. , as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Dana J. Moran  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Dana J. Moran 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Marcel Fournier  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Marcel Fournier 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	CITIZENS BANK OF PENNSYLVANIA, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Philip R. Medsger  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Philip R. Medsger 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	DEUTSCHE BANK AG CAYMAN ISLANDS, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Evelyn Thierry  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Evelyn Thierry 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Director 	 	
 	 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Erin Morrissey  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Erin Morrissey 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Director 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	U.S. Bank National Association , as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Robert P. Anderson  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Robert P. Anderson 	 	
 	 	Title:  	VICE PRESEDENT 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Wells Fargo Bank N.A., as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ John Brady  	 	
 	 	Name:  	John Brady 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Director 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Fifth Third Bank, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Michael J. Schaltz, Jr.  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Michael J. Schaltz, Jr. 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	AgFirst Farm Credit Bank, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Matthew H. Jeffords  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Matthew H. Jeffords 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Assistant Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	The Huntington National Bank, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Amanda M. Sigg  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Amanda M. Sigg 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	PNC Bank, National Association, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Steven Shepard  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Steven Shepard 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Executive Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING
CORPORATION, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Shuji Yabe  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Shuji Yabe 	 	
 	 	Title:  	General Manager 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	DnB NOR Bank ASA, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Thomas Tangen  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Thomas Tangen 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President 	 	
 	 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Kristie Li  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Kristie Li 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	ING BANK N.V., DUBLIN BRANCH, as a Lender	 	
 		
 	By:  	/s/ Shaun Hawley  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Shaun Hawley 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	
 		
 	By:  	/s/ Aidan Neill  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Aidan Neill 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Director 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as a
Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Frank M. Eassa  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Frank M. Eassa 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Assistant Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	The Northern Trust Company , as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Jeffrey P. Sullivan  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Jeffrey P. Sullivan 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	TD Bank, N.A. , as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Marla Willner  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Marla Willner 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Union Bank, N.A., as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Michael Ball  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Michael Ball 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Farm Credit Services of Mid-America, PCA,
as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Ralph M. Bowman  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Ralph M. Bowman 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	COOPERATIVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-
BOERENLEENBANK B.A., “RABOBANK
NEDERLAND: NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ James Purky  	 	
 	 	Name:  	James Purky 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	
 	 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Brett Delfino  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Brett Delfino 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Executive Director 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Farm Credit Bank of Texas, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Alan Robinson  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Alan Robinson 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	American AgCredit, PCA. , as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Vern Zander  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Vern Zander 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Comerica Bank, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Brandon Welling  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Brandon Welling 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	FIRSTMERIT BANK, N.A. , as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Robert G. Morlan  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Robert G. Morlan 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice president 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	1 st Farm Credit Services, PCA , as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Corey J. Waldinger  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Corey J. Waldinger 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President, Capital Markets 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Branch Banking and Trust Company , as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Roger E. Searls  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Roger E. Searls 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Badgerland Financial, FLCA , as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Kenneth H. Rue  	 	
 	 	Kenneth H. Rue 	 	
 	 	VP Loan Participations & Capital Markets 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	GREENSTONE FARM CREDIT SERVICES, ACA/FLCA
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Alfred S. Compton, Jr.  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Alfred S. Compton, Jr. 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President/Managing Director 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	Farm Credit Services of the Mountain Plains, PCA, as a Lender
 	 	
 	By:  	/s/ Bradley K. Leafgren  	 	
 	 	Name:  	Bradley K. Leafgren 	 	
 	 	Title:  	Senior Vice President 	 	

 	 	First Amendment to Amended and Restated	
 	 	Credit Agreement	

EXECUTION VERSION
GREIF LUXEMBOURG FINANCE S.C.A.
as Issuer
GREIF, INC.
as Guarantor
7.375% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2021
INDENTURE
Dated as of July 15, 2011
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Trustee and Principal Paying Agent
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.
as Transfer Agent, Registrar and Luxembourg Paying Agent

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Page	 	
ARTICLE 1.	
 	 	 	 	 	
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 1.01 Definitions	 	 	1	 	
Section 1.02 Other Definitions	 	 	11	 	
Section 1.03 Rules of Construction	 	 	11	 	
Section 1.04 Acts of Holders	 	 	11	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
ARTICLE 2.	
 	 	 	 	 	
THE NOTES	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 2.01 Form and Dating	 	 	12	 	
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication	 	 	13	 	
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent	 	 	13	 	
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money	 	 	15	 	
Section 2.05 Holder Lists	 	 	15	 	
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange	 	 	15	 	
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes	 	 	24	 	
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes	 	 	25	 	
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes	 	 	25	 	
Section 2.10 Temporary Notes	 	 	26	 	
Section 2.11 Cancellation	 	 	26	 	
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest	 	 	26	 	
Section 2.13 Additional Amounts	 	 	26	 	
Section 2.14 Currency Indemnity	 	 	28	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
ARTICLE 3.	
 	 	 	 	 	
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee	 	 	29	 	
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased	 	 	29	 	
Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption	 	 	30	 	
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption	 	 	30	 	
Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price	 	 	31	 	
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part	 	 	31	 	
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption	 	 	31	 	
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption	 	 	31	 	
Section 3.09 Redemption for Changes in Taxes	 	 	31	 	
 
 -i- 

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Page	 	
ARTICLE 4.	
 	 	 	 	 	
COVENANTS	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes	 	 	32	 	
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency	 	 	33	 	
Section 4.03 SEC Reports	 	 	33	 	
Section 4.04 Limitation on Liens	 	 	34	 	
Section 4.05 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback	 	 	35	 	
Section 4.06 Exemption from Limitation on Liens and Sale and Leaseback	 	 	36	 	
Section 4.07 Statement by Officers as to Default	 	 	36	 	
Section 4.08 Waiver of Certain Covenants	 	 	36	 	
Section 4.09 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control	 	 	36	 	
Section 4.10 Limitation of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries	 	 	38	 	
Section 4.11 Payments for Consent	 	 	38	 	
Section 4.12 Maintenance of Listing	 	 	38	 	
Section 4.13 Further Instruments and Acts	 	 	38	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
ARTICLE 5.	
 	 	 	 	 	
SUCCESSORS	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 5.01 Merger, Sale and Lease	 	 	39	 	
Section 5.02 Successor Person Substituted	 	 	40	 	
Section 5.03 Securities to Be Secured in Certain Events	 	 	40	 	
Section 5.04 No Consolidation , Etc. , Shall Result in Event of Default	 	 	40	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
ARTICLE 6.	
 	 	 	 	 	
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 6.01 Events of Default	 	 	40	 	
Section 6.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment	 	 	41	 	
Section 6.03 Other Remedies	 	 	42	 	
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults	 	 	42	 	
Section 6.05 Control by Majority	 	 	43	 	
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits	 	 	43	 	
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment	 	 	43	 	
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee	 	 	43	 	
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim	 	 	44	 	
Section 6.10 Priorities	 	 	44	 	
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs	 	 	44	 	
Section 6.12 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws	 	 	45	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
ARTICLE 7.	
 	 	 	 	 	
TRUSTEE	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee	 	 	45	 	
Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee	 	 	46	 	
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee	 	 	47	 	
Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer	 	 	48	 	
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults	 	 	48	 	
Section 7.06 RESERVED	 	 	48	 	
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity	 	 	48	 	
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee	 	 	49	 	
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger , Etc .	 	 	50	 	
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification	 	 	50	 	
Section 7.11 Communications	 	 	50	 	
 
 -ii- 

 

 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Page	 	
ARTICLE 8.	
 	 	 	 	 	
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance	 	 	51	 	
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge	 	 	51	 	
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance	 	 	51	 	
Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance	 	 	52	 	
Section 8.05 Deposited Money and European Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions	 	 	53	 	
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer	 	 	53	 	
Section 8.07 Reinstatement	 	 	53	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
ARTICLE 9.	
 	 	 	 	 	
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes	 	 	54	 	
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes	 	 	54	 	
Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents	 	 	56	 	
Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes	 	 	56	 	
Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments , Etc .	 	 	56	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
ARTICLE 10.	
 	 	 	 	 	
GUARANTEE	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 10.01 Guarantee	 	 	56	 	
Section 10.02 Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability	 	 	57	 	
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee	 	 	57	 	
Section 10.04 Subsidiary Guarantor May Consolidate , Etc. , on Certain Terms	 	 	58	 	
Section 10.05 Releases	 	 	58	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
ARTICLE 11.	
 	 	 	 	 	
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge	 	 	59	 	
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money	 	 	59	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
ARTICLE 12.	
 	 	 	 	 	
MISCELLANEOUS	
 	 	 	 	 	
Section 12.01 Reserved	 	 	60	 	
Section 12.02 Notices	 	 	60	 	
Section 12.03 Reserved	 	 	61	 	
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent	 	 	61	 	
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion	 	 	61	 	
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents	 	 	62	 	
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors , Officers , Employees and Stockholders	 	 	62	 	
Section 12.08 Governing Law	 	 	62	 	
Section 12.09 Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service	 	 	62	 	
Section 12.10 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements	 	 	63	 	
Section 12.11 Successors	 	 	63	 	
Section 12.12 Severability	 	 	63	 	
Section 12.13 Counterpart Originals	 	 	63	 	
Section 12.14 Table of Contents , Headings , Etc .	 	 	63	 	
Section 12.15 Waiver of Jury Trial	 	 	63	 	
Section 12.16 Force Majeure	 	 	64	 	
Section 12.17 Prescription	 	 	64	 	
 
 -iii- 

 

EXHIBITS
 	 	 	
Exhibit A	 	FORM OF NOTES	
Exhibit B	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER	
Exhibit C	 	FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE	
Exhibit D	 	FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE	
Exhibit E	 	FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE	
 
 -iv- 

 

INDENTURE dated as of July 15, 2011 among Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A., a corporate partnership limited by shares ( société en commandite par actions ) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg on June 29, 2011, with its registered office located at 15, rue Jean-Pierre Kommes, L-6988 Hostert, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B-161823 (the “ Issuer ”), Greif, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and principal paying agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as transfer agent, registrar and Luxembourg paying agent.
The Issuer, the Company and the Trustee agree as follows for the benefit of each other and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders (as defined below) of the 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Notes ”):
ARTICLE 1.
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION
BY REFERENCE
Section 1.01 Definitions .
“ 144A Global Note ” means a Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto bearing the applicable Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of, and registered in the name of, the respective Depositary therefor or its nominee that will be issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes sold in reliance on Rule 144A.
“ Additional Notes ” means additional notes (other than the Initial Notes) issued from time to time under this Indenture in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, as part of the same series as the Initial Notes.
“ Affiliate ” of any specified Person means any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person. For purposes of this definition, “ control ,” as used with respect to any Person, means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of such Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by agreement or otherwise; provided that beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the Voting Stock of a Person will be deemed to be control. For purposes of this definition, the terms “ controlling ,” “ controlled by ” and “ under common control with ” have correlative meanings.
“ Agent ” means any Authentication Agent, Registrar, co-registrar, Transfer Agent, Principal Paying Agent, Paying Agent or additional paying agent.
“ Applicable Premium ” means, with respect to any Note on any applicable redemption date, the greater of (i) 1.0% of the then outstanding principal amount of such Note and (ii) the excess of:
(a) the present value at such redemption date of the sum of all required remaining principal and interest payments due on such Note (excluding accrued but unpaid interest), such present value to be computed using a discount rate equal to the Bund Rate as of such redemption date plus 50 basis points; over
(b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Note as calculated by the Issuer or on behalf of the Issuer by such Person as the Issuer shall designate. For the avoidance of doubt, calculation of the Applicable Premium shall not be an obligation or duty of the Trustee or Paying Agents.
“ Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or exchange of or for beneficial interests in any Global Note, the rules and procedures of the Depositary that apply to such transfer or exchange.

 

“ Bankruptcy Law ” means (i) for the purposes of the Issuer and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar statute (including, without limitation, Luxembourg insolvency laws), regulation or provision of any jurisdiction in which the Issuer and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, are organized or conducting business, (ii) for purposes of the Company, any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar statute (including, without limitation, Title 11, U.S. Code or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors), regulation or provision of any jurisdiction in which the Company is organized or conducting business and (iii) for purposes of the Trustee, any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar statute, regulation or provision of any jurisdiction in which the Trustee is organized.
“ Beneficial Owner ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the U.S. Exchange Act, except that in calculating the beneficial ownership of any particular “person” (as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the U.S. Exchange Act), such “person” will be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such “person” has the right to acquire by conversion or exercise of other securities, whether such right is currently exercisable or is exercisable only after the passage of time. The terms “ Beneficially Owns ” and “ Beneficially Owned ” have corresponding meanings.
“ Board of Directors ” means:
(1) with respect to a corporation, the board of directors of the corporation or any committee thereof;
(2) with respect to a partnership, the board of directors of the general partner of the partnership;
(3) with respect to a limited liability company, the board of managers of the limited liability company; and
(4) with respect to any other Person, the board or committee of such Person serving a similar function.
“ Bund Rate ” means, as of any redemption date, the rate per annum equal to the equivalent yield to maturity as of such redemption date of the Comparable German Bund Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable German Bund Price for such relevant date, where:
(1) “ Comparable German Bund Issue ” means the German Bundesanleihe security selected by any Reference German Bund Dealer as having a fixed maturity most nearly equal to the period from such redemption date to July 15, 2021, and that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of euro denominated corporate debt securities in a principal amount approximately equal to the then outstanding principal amount of the notes and of a maturity most nearly equal to July 15, 2021; provided , however , that, if the period from such redemption date to July 15, 2021 is less than one year, a fixed maturity of one year shall be used;
(2) “ Comparable German Bund Price ” means, with respect to any relevant date, the average of all Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations for such date (which, in any event, must include at least two such quotations), after excluding the highest and lowest such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, or if the Issuer obtains fewer than four such Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations, the average of all such quotations;
(3) “ Reference German Bund Dealer ” means any dealer of German Bundesanleihe securities appointed by the Issuer in good faith; and
(4) “ Reference German Bund Dealer Quotations ” means, with respect to each Reference German Bund Dealer and any relevant date, the average as determined by the Issuer of the bid and offered prices for the Comparable German Bund Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Issuer by such Reference German Bund Dealer at 3:30 p.m. Frankfurt, Germany time on the third Business Day preceding the relevant date.
 
 -2- 

 

“ Business Day ” means a day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which banking institutions in London, Luxembourg or New York or a place of payment under this Indenture are authorized or required by law to close.
“ Capital Stock ” means:
(1) in the case of a corporation, corporate stock;
(2) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated) of corporate stock;
(3) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited); and
(4) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distributions of assets of, the issuing Person,
but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity securities.
“ Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, as to any Person, the obligations of such Person under a lease that are required to be classified and accounted for as capital lease obligations under GAAP and, for purposes of this definition, the amount of such obligations at any date shall be the capitalized amount of such obligations at such date, determined in accordance with GAAP.
“ Change of Control ” means the occurrence of any of the following events:
(a) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act or any successor provisions to either of the foregoing) of persons, other than the Permitted Holders, becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company, whether as a result of the issuance of securities of the Company, any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Company, any direct or indirect transfer of securities by the Permitted Holders or otherwise (for purposes of this clause (a), the Permitted Holders will be deemed to beneficially own any Voting Stock of a specified corporation held by a parent corporation so long as the Permitted Holders beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a majority of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of such parent corporation); or
(b) the sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition, directly or indirectly, of all or substantially all the assets of the Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries, considered as a whole (other than a disposition of such assets as an entirety or virtually as an entirety to a Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary or one or more Permitted Holders or a Person of which one or more of the Permitted Holders own more than 50% of the voting power) shall have occurred, or the Company merges, consolidates or amalgamates with or into any other Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders) or any other Person (other than one or more Permitted Holders or a Person of which one or more of the Permitted Holders own more than 50% of the voting power) merges, consolidates or amalgamates with or into the Company, in any such event pursuant to a transaction in which the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is reclassified into or exchanged for cash, securities or other property, other than any such transaction where:
(1) the outstanding Voting Stock of the Company is reclassified into or exchanged for other Voting Stock of the Company or for Voting Stock of the surviving corporation, and
(2) the holders of the Voting Stock of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own, directly or indirectly, not less than a majority of the Voting Stock of the Company or the surviving corporation immediately after such transaction and in substantially the same proportion as before the transaction; or
 
 -3- 

 

(c) during any period of two consecutive years, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board of Directors (together with any new directors whose election or appointment by such Board or whose nomination for election by the stockholders of the Company was approved by a vote of not less than a majority of the directors then still in office who were either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved) cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the Board of Directors then in office; or
(d) the stockholders of the Company shall have approved any plan of liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
“ Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking S.A., a société anonyme as currently in effect or any successor securities clearing agency.
“ Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“ Common Depositary ” means a depositary common to Euroclear and Clearstream, being initially The Bank of New York Mellon, together with its successors in such capacity.
“ Company ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture, and any and all successors thereto.
“ Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” will be at the address of the Trustee specified in Section 12.02 hereof or such other address as to which the Trustee or successor trustee may give notice to the Issuer.
“ Credit Agreement ” means the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2010, among the Company, the Subsidiaries party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, and the lenders and agents party thereto, as amended (including the amendment dated as of June 22, 2011), restated, supplemented, waived, replaced (whether or not upon termination, and whether with the original agents, lenders or otherwise), renewed, restructured, repaid, refunded, refinanced or otherwise modified from time to time (such replacement, renewal, restructuring, repaying, refunding, refinancing or modification may be successive or non-successive), including by means of one or more other credit agreements, loan agreements, note agreements, promissory notes, indentures or other agreements or instruments evidencing or governing the terms of any Indebtedness or other financial accommodation that has been incurred to extend, increase or refinance in whole or in part the Indebtedness and other obligations outstanding.
“ Currency Agreement ” means any foreign exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company against fluctuations in currency values.
“ Custodian ” means, in the case of any Global Note held through Euroclear or Clearstream, the Common Depositary.
“ Default ” means any event that is, or with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both would be, an Event of Default.
“ Definitive Note ” means a certificated Note registered in the name of the Holder thereof and issued in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto except that such Note shall not bear the Global Note Legend and shall not have the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto.
“ Depositary ” means, with respect to any Global Note, the Person specified in Section 2.03 hereof as the Depositary with respect to such Global Note, and any and all successors thereto appointed as Depositary hereunder and having become such pursuant to the applicable provision of this Indenture.
 
 -4- 

 

“ Disqualified Capital Stock ” means that portion of any Capital Stock which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable at the option of the holder thereof), or upon the happening of any event (other than an event which would constitute a Change of Control), matures or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise, or is redeemable at the sole option of the holder thereof (except, in each case, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control) on or prior to the final maturity date of the Notes.
“ Euro MTF Market ” means the Euro MTF, the alternative market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, which is not a regulated market within the meaning of the Directive 2004/39/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of 21 April 2004 concerning markets in financial instruments.
“ Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. or any successor clearing agency.
“ European Government Obligations ” means direct obligations of, or obligations guaranteed by, a member state of the European Union, and the payment for which such member state of the European Union pledges its full faith and credit.
“ GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or in such other statements by such other entity as have been approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are in effect on the date of this Indenture.
“ Global Note Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(2), which is required to be placed on all Global Notes issued under this Indenture.
“ Global Notes ” means, individually and collectively, the Global Notes issued in accordance with Section 2.01 or 2.06 hereof.
“ guarantee ” means a guarantee other than by endorsement of negotiable instruments for collection in the ordinary course of business, direct or indirect, in any manner including, without limitation, by way of a pledge of assets or through letters of credit or reimbursement agreements in respect thereof, of all or any part of any Indebtedness.
“ Guarantee ” means the Parent Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any.
“ Guarantor ” means the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any.
“ Holder ” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered.
“ Indebtedness ” means with respect to any Person, without duplication,
(1) all Obligations of such Person for borrowed money;
(2) all Obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other similar instruments;
(3) all Capitalized Lease Obligations of such Person;
(4) all Obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property, all conditional sale obligations and all Obligations under any title retention agreement (but excluding trade accounts payable and other accrued liabilities arising in the ordinary course of business and indemnification obligations and obligations under agreements relating to the sale or acquisition of assets or equity);
 
 -5- 

 

(5) all Obligations for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction;
(6) guarantees and other contingent obligations in respect of Indebtedness referred to in clauses (1) through (5) above and clause (8) below;
(7) all Obligations of any other Person of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) which are secured by any lien on any property or asset of such Person, the amount of such Obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value of such property or asset or the amount of the Obligation so secured;
(8) all Obligations under currency agreements and interest swap agreements of such Person; and
(9) all Disqualified Capital Stock issued by such Person with the amount of Indebtedness represented by such Disqualified Capital Stock being equal to the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation preference and its maximum fixed repurchase price, but excluding accrued dividends, if any.
For purposes hereof, the “maximum fixed repurchase price” of any Disqualified Capital Stock which does not have a fixed repurchase price shall be calculated in accordance with the terms of such Disqualified Capital Stock as if such Disqualified Capital Stock were purchased on any date on which Indebtedness shall be required to be determined pursuant to this Indenture, and if such price is based upon, or measured by, the fair market value of such Disqualified Capital Stock, such fair market value shall be determined reasonably and in good faith by the Board of Directors of the issuer of such Disqualified Capital Stock.
“ Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time.
“ Indirect Participant ” means a Person who holds a beneficial interest in a Global Note through a Participant.
“ Initial Notes ” means the € 200.0 million aggregate principal amount of Notes issued under this Indenture on the date hereof.
“ Interest Payment Date ” means January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day.
“ Interest Swap Obligations ” means the obligations of any Person pursuant to any arrangement with any other Person, whereby, directly or indirectly, such Person is entitled to receive from time to time periodic payments calculated by applying either a floating or a fixed rate of interest on a stated notional amount in exchange for periodic payments made by such other Person calculated by applying a fixed or a floating rate of interest on the same notional amount and shall include, without limitation, interest rate swaps, caps, floors, collars and similar agreements.
“ Investments ” means, with respect to any Person, all direct or indirect investments by such Person in other Persons (including Affiliates) in the forms of loans (including guarantees or other obligations), advances or capital contributions (excluding commission, travel and similar advances to officers and employees made in the ordinary course of business), purchases or other acquisitions for value of Indebtedness, Equity Interests or other securities, together with all items that are or would be classified as investments on a balance sheet prepared in accordance with GAAP. If the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary sells or otherwise disposes of any Equity Interests of any direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary such that, after giving effect to any such sale or disposition, such Person is no longer a Restricted Subsidiary, the Company shall be deemed to have made an Investment on the date of any such sale or disposition equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Investments in such Restricted Subsidiary that were not sold or disposed of. “Investments” shall exclude extensions of trade credit by the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business.
 
 -6- 

 

“ Investment Grade Rating ” means a rating of Baa3 or better by Moody’s (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of Moody’s) and BBB- or better by S&P (or its equivalent under any successor rating categories of S&P) (or, in each case, if such Rating Agency ceases to rate the Company’s corporate family rating for reasons outside of the control of the Company, the equivalent investment grade credit rating from any Rating Agency selected by the Company as a replacement Rating Agency).
“ Issue Date ” means July 15, 2011.
“ Issuer ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture, and any and all successors thereto.
“ Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.
“ Net Tangible Assets ” means, at any date, the aggregate amount of assets (less applicable reserves required by GAAP and other properly deductible items) after deducting therefrom (1) all current liabilities (excluding any Indebtedness for money borrowed having a maturity of less than 12 months from the date of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company but which by its terms is renewable or extendable beyond 12 months from such date at the option of the borrower) and (2) all goodwill, trade names, trademarks, patents, unamortized debt discount and expense and other like intangibles, all of the foregoing as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries computed in accordance with GAAP.
“ Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.
“ Notes ” has the meaning assigned to it in the preamble to this Indenture. With respect to each class of Notes issued hereunder, the Initial Notes and the Additional Notes shall be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture (except as specifically set forth herein), and unless the context otherwise requires, all references to the Notes shall include the Initial Notes and any Additional Notes.
“ Obligations ” means all obligations for principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities payable under the documentation governing any Indebtedness.
“ Offering Memorandum ” means that offering memorandum, dated as of July 8, 2011, relating to the Initial Notes.
“ Officer ” means, with respect to any Person, the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer or Treasurer of such Person or a responsible accounting or financial officer of such Person. With respect to the Issuer, “ Officer ” means its general partner.
“ Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by an Officer; provided that each certificate with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:
(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate has read such covenant or condition;
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate are based;
(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
 
 -7- 

 

“ Opinion of Counsel ” means an opinion from legal counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee that meets the requirements of Section 12.05 hereof. Such counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Company or any Subsidiary.
“ Parent Guarantee ” means the guarantee of the Notes by the Company.
“ Participant ” means, with respect to any Depositary, a Person who is a participant of or has an account with such Depositary.
“ Paying Agent ” means any Person authorized by the Issuer to pay the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any Note on behalf of the Issuer.
“ Permitted Holders ” means (i) All Life Foundation, Naomi C. Dempsey Charitable Lead Annuity Trust, Naomi C. Dempsey, Michael H. Dempsey, Patricia M. Dempsey, Judith Dempsey Hook, Mary Dempsey McAlpin and Virginia Dempsey Ragan; (ii) the spouses, heirs, legatees, descendants and blood relatives to the third degree of consanguinity of any person listed in clause (i) and any adopted children and blood relative thereof; (iii) the executors and administrators of the estate of any person listed in clauses (i) and (ii) and any court appointed guardian of any person listed in clauses (i) or (ii); (iv) any trust, family partnership or similar investment entity for the benefit of (A) any person listed in clauses (i) or (ii), or (B) any other person (including for charitable purposes) so long as one or more members of the group consisting of the Permitted Holders have the exclusive or a joint right to control the voting and disposition of securities held by such trust, family partnership or other investment entity; and (v) any employee or retiree benefit plan sponsored by the Company.
“ Permitted Indebtedness ” means, without duplication, each of the following:
(1) guarantees of Indebtedness and other Obligations incurred pursuant to the Credit Agreement in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of $1,500.0 million and 20% of Total Assets;
(2) guarantees of other Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on January 26, 2007 reduced by the amount of any scheduled amortization payments or mandatory prepayments when actually paid or permanent reductions thereon;
(3) guarantees of Interest Swap Obligations of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Company covering Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries; provided , however , that such Interest Swap Obligations are entered into to protect the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries from fluctuations in interest rates on its outstanding Indebtedness to the extent the notional principal amount of such Interest Swap Obligation does not, at the time of the incurrence thereof, exceed the principal amount of the Indebtedness to which such Interest Swap Obligation relates; and
(4) guarantees of Indebtedness under Currency Agreements; provided that in the case of Currency Agreements which relate to Indebtedness, such Currency Agreements do not increase the Indebtedness of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding other than as a result of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates or by reason of fees, indemnities and compensation payable thereunder.
“ Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, limited liability company, government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.
“ Principal Property ” means any mill, manufacturing plant, manufacturing facility or timberlands owned by the Company or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries and located within the continental United States, but does not include any such mill, plant, facility or timberland which in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company is not of material importance to the total business of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as an entirety.
 
 -8- 

 

“ Private Placement Legend ” means the legend set forth in Section 2.06(g)(1) to be placed on all Notes issued under this Indenture except where otherwise permitted by the provisions of this Indenture.
“ QIB ” means a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A.
“ Record Date ” means, for the purpose of any redemption payment or other event or transaction in which Holders have a right to receive any cash, securities or other property, the date fixed for determining the Holders entitled to receive such ash, securities or other property.
“ Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.
“ Regulation S Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the applicable Global Note Legend and the Private Placement Legend and deposited with or on behalf of the respective Depositary (or the common depositary) therefor and registered in the name of the respective Depositary (or the common depositary) therefor or its nominee, issued in a denomination equal to the outstanding principal amount of the Notes initially sold in reliance on Rule 903.
“ Responsible Officer ” means any officer within the corporate trust and agency department of the Trustee, including any vice president, assistant vice president, assistant treasurer, trust officer or any other officer of the Trustee who customarily performs functions similar to those performed by such officers, or to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such individual’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject and who shall have direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture.
“ Restricted Definitive Note ” means a Definitive Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
“ Restricted Global Note ” means a Global Note bearing the Private Placement Legend.
“ Restricted Period ” means the 40-day distribution compliance period as defined in Regulation S.
“ Restricted Subsidiary ” means (i) a Subsidiary substantially all of the property of which is located within the continental United States of America and which itself, or with the Company or one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries, owns a Principal Property and (ii) the Issuer.
“ Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.
“ Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.
“ Rule 902 ” means Rule 902 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.
“ Rule 903 ” means Rule 903 promulgated under the U.S. Securities Act.
“ Rule 904 ” means Rule 904 promulgated the U.S. Securities Act.
“ S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Service, a division of The McGraw Hill Companies, and its successors.
“ Sale and Leaseback Transaction ” means any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary of any properties or assets of the Company and/or such Restricted Subsidiary (except for leases between the Company and any Restricted Subsidiary, between any Restricted Subsidiary and the Company or between Restricted Subsidiaries), which properties or assets have been or are to be sold or transferred by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary to such Person which lease shall occur within 180 days after such sale or transfer.
“ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.
 
 -9- 

 

“ Significant Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that would be a “Significant Subsidiary” of the Company within the meaning of Rule 1-02 under Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.
“ Subsidiary ” means any Person a majority of the outstanding Voting Stock of which is owned or controlled by the Company or by one or more other subsidiaries and which is consolidated in the Company’s accounts.
“ Subsidiary Guarantee ” means each Guarantee by a Subsidiary Guarantor of the Company’s payment obligations under this Indenture and on the Notes, executed pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture.
“ Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Subsidiary that executes a Subsidiary Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and its successors and assigns until the Subsidiary Guarantee of such Person has been released in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture.
“ Tax ” means any tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and any other additions thereto and, for the avoidance of doubt, including any withholding or deduction for or on account of Tax). “ Taxes ” and “ Taxation ” shall be construed to have corresponding meanings.
“ Total Assets ” means, at any date, the aggregate amount of assets as set forth on the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries and computed in accordance with GAAP.
“ Trustee ” means the party named as such in the preamble to this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.
“ Unrestricted Definitive Note ” means one or more Definitive Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
“ Unrestricted Global Note ” means a permanent Global Note substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto that bears the Global Note Legend and that has the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto, and that is deposited with or on behalf of and registered in the name of the Depositary, representing a series of Notes that do not bear and are not required to bear the Private Placement Legend.
“ U.S. Exchange Act ” means the U.S. Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.
“ U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902.
“ U.S. Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
“ Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Capital Stock of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the Board of Directors of such Person.
“ Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiary ” of any specified Person means a Restricted Subsidiary of such Person all of the outstanding Capital Stock or other ownership interests of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares) will at the time be owned by such Person and/or by one or more Wholly Owned Restricted Subsidiaries of such Person.
 
 -10- 

 

Section 1.02 Other Definitions .
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Defined in	 	
Term	 	Section	 	
“ Additional Amounts ”	 	 	2.13	 	
“ Authentication Order ”	 	 	2.02	 	
“ Authorized Person ”	 	 	7.11	 	
“ Authorized Agent ”	 	 	12.09	 	
“ Change of Control Offer ”	 	 	4.09	 	
“ Change of Control Payment ”	 	 	4.09	 	
“ Change of Control Payment Date ”	 	 	4.09	 	
“ Covenant Defeasance ”	 	 	8.03	 	
“ Event of Default ”	 	 	6.01	 	
“ Instructions ”	 	 	7.11	 	
“ Judgment Currency ”	 	 	2.14	 	
“ Legal Defeasance ”	 	 	8.02	 	
“ lien ”	 	 	4.04	 	
“ Losses ”	 	 	7.11	 	
“ Luxembourg Paying Agent ”	 	 	2.03	 	
“ Outstanding Notes ”	 	 	2.08	 	
“ Paying Agent ”	 	 	2.03	 	
“ Registrar ”	 	 	2.03	 	
“ Replacement Agent ”	 	 	12.09	 	
“ Successor Company ”	 	 	5.01	 	
“ Successor Greif ”	 	 	5.01	 	
“ Tax Jurisdiction ”	 	 	2.13	 	
“ Tax Redemption Date ”	 	 	3.09	 	
“ Value ”	 	 	4.05	 	
Section 1.03 Rules of Construction .
Unless the context otherwise requires:
(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it;
(2) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with GAAP;
(3) “or” is not exclusive;
(4) “including” means including without limitation;
(5) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;
(6) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;
(7) provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and
(8) references to sections of or rules under the U.S. Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement successor sections or rules adopted by the SEC from time to time.
Section 1.04 Acts of Holders .
(a) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by agent duly appointed in writing; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the “act of Holders” signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient for any purpose of this Indenture and conclusive in favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this Section.
 
 -11- 

 

(b) The fact and date of the execution by any Person of any such instrument or writing may be proved by the affidavit of a witness of such execution or by a certificate of a notary public or other officer authorized by law to take acknowledgments of deeds, certifying that the individual signing such instrument or writing acknowledged to such officer the execution thereof. Where such execution is by a signer acting in a capacity other than such signer’s individual capacity, such certificate or affidavit shall also constitute sufficient proof of such signer’s authority. The fact and date of the execution of any such instrument or writing, or the authority of the Person executing the same, may also be proved in any other manner which the Trustee deems sufficient.
(c) Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act of the Holder of any Note shall bind every future Holder of the same Note and the holder of every Note issued upon the registration of transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof in respect of anything done, omitted or suffered to be done by the Trustee or the Issuer in reliance thereon, whether or not notation of such action is made upon such Note.
(d) If the Issuer shall solicit from the Holders any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act of a Holder, the Issuer may, at its option, by or pursuant to a board resolution, fix in advance a Record Date for the determination of Holders entitled to give such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act of a Holder, but the Issuer shall have no obligation to do so. If such a Record Date is fixed, such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act of a Holder may be given before or after such Record Date, but only the Holders of record at the close of business on such Record Date shall be deemed to be Holders for the purposes of determining whether Holders of the requisite proportion of Outstanding Notes have authorized or agreed or consented to such request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other act of a Holder, and for that purpose the Outstanding Notes shall be computed as of such Record Date; provided that no such authorization, agreement or consent by the Holders on such Record Date shall be deemed effective unless it shall become effective pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture not later than six months after the Record Date.
ARTICLE 2.
THE NOTES
Section 2.01 Form and Dating .
(a)  General . The Notes and the Trustee’s certificate of authentication will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage. The Initial Notes will initially be represented by the Global Notes. Each Note will be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes shall be in denominations of € 100,000 and integral multiples of € 1,000 in excess thereof.
The Global Notes will be deposited with, or on behalf of, the Common Depositary for the accounts of Euroclear and Clearstream and registered in the name of the nominee of the Common Depositary.
The terms and provisions contained in the Notes will constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and the Issuer and the Trustee, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall govern and be controlling.
(b)  Global Notes . Notes issued in global form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (including the Global Note Legend thereon and the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). So long as the Notes are held in global form, the Common Depositary for Euroclear and Clearsteam, or their respective nominees, as applicable, will be considered the sole Holders of Global Notes for all purposes under this Indenture. Notes issued in definitive form will be substantially in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto (but without the Global Note Legend thereon and without the “Schedule of Exchanges of Interests in the Global Note” attached thereto). Each Global Note will represent such of the Outstanding Notes as will be specified therein and each shall provide that it represents the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes from time to time endorsed thereon and that the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented thereby may from time to time be reduced or increased, as appropriate, to reflect exchanges and redemptions. Any endorsement of a Global Note to reflect the amount of any increase or decrease in the aggregate principal amount of Outstanding Notes represented thereby will, upon instruction by the Issuer, be made by the Trustee or the Custodian therefor, at the direction of the Trustee, in accordance with Section 2.06 hereof.
 
 -12- 

 

(c)  Euroclear and Clearstream Procedures Applicable . The provisions of the “Operating Procedures of the Euroclear System” and “Terms and Conditions Governing Use of Euroclear” and the “General Terms and Conditions of Clearstream Banking” and “Customer Handbook” of Clearstream will be applicable to transfers of beneficial interests in the Notes that are held by Participants through Euroclear or Clearstream.
Section 2.02 Execution and Authentication .
An Officer must sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.
If the Officer whose signature is on a Note no longer holds that office at the time a Note is authenticated, the Note will nevertheless be valid.
A Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual or facsimile signature of the Trustee. The signature will be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.
On the Issue Date, the Trustee shall, upon receipt of a written order of the Issuer signed by an Officer (an “ Authentication Order ”), authenticate and deliver the Initial Notes for original issue up to € 200,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of Notes and, upon delivery of any Authentication Order at any time and from time to time thereafter, the Trustee shall authenticate Additional Notes for original issue, or Definitive Notes issued pursuant to Section 2.06 hereof, in an aggregate principal amount specified in such Authentication Order. Such Authentication Order shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be authenticated, the series and type of Notes, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, and the date from which interest on such Notes shall accrue, whether the Notes are to be issued as definitive Notes or Global Notes and whether or not the Notes shall bear any legend, or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request. In addition, such Authentication Order shall include (a) a statement that the Person signing the Authentication Order has (i) read and understood the provisions of this Indenture relevant to the statements in the Authentication Order and (ii) made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him to make such statements and (b) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation on which the statements set forth in the Authentication Order are based.
The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent (the “ Authentication Agent ”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Issuer upon request. Unless limited by the terms of such appointment, an authenticating agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so. Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such agent. An authenticating agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with Holders or an Affiliate of the Issuer.
Section 2.03 Registrar and Paying Agent .
The Issuer will maintain offices or agencies where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (each, a “ Registrar ”) and offices or agencies where Notes may be presented for payment (each, a “ Paying Agent ”). Offices or agencies of the principal Paying Agent will be maintained in London, England (the “ Principal Paying Agent ”) and, for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and traded on the Euro MTF market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, in Luxembourg (the “ Luxembourg Paying Agent ”). Offices or agencies of the Registrar will be maintained in Luxembourg. The Registrar, acting as agent of the Issuer solely for this purpose, will keep a register reflecting ownership of Definitive Registered Notes outstanding from time to time and of their transfer and exchange. The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents. The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent. The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Paying Agent not a party to this Indenture. If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee, acting as agent of the Issuer solely for this purpose, shall act as such. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, acting as agent of the Issuer solely for this purpose, may act as Paying Agent or Registrar.
 
 -13- 

 

The Issuer initially appoints Euroclear and Clearstream to act as a Depositary with respect to the Global Notes. A nominee of The Bank of New York Mellon will act as Common Depositary for the Global Notes on behalf of Euroclear and Clearstream.
The Issuer initially appoints The Bank of New York Mellon to act as Principal Paying Agent and to act as Common Depositary with respect to the Global Notes, and initially appoints The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. to act as the Registrar, Transfer Agent and Luxembourg Paying Agent.
Subject to any applicable laws and regulations, the Issuer shall cause the Registrar to keep a register (the “ Register ”) at its corporate trust office in which, subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall provide for the registration of ownership, exchange and transfer of the Notes. Such registration in the Register shall be conclusive evidence of the ownership of Notes. Included in the books and records for the Notes shall be notations as to whether such Notes have been paid, exchanged or transferred, cancelled, lost, stolen, mutilated or destroyed and whether such Notes have been replaced. In the case of the replacement of any of the Notes, the Registrar shall keep a record of the Note so replaced and the Note issued in replacement thereof. In the case of the cancellation of any of the Notes, the Registrar shall keep a record of the Note so cancelled and the date on which such Note was cancelled. Upon demand by the Issuer and for the purpose of any corporate action to be taken in respect of the Notes, the Registrar shall (at the expense of the Issuer) send a copy of the Register reflecting ownership of Definitive Registered Notes outstanding from time to time maintained by it to the Issuer and the Issuer shall keep such copy of the Register at its registered office.
The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Paying Agent or co-Registrar not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such agent. If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee may appoint a suitably qualified and reputable party to act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation therefor pursuant to Section 7.07.
Upon notice to the Trustee, the Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent; provided , however , that in no event may the Issuer appoint a Paying Agent in any member state of the European Union where the Paying Agent would be obliged to withhold or deduct tax in connection with any payment made by it in relation to the Notes unless the Paying Agent would be so obliged if it were located in all other member states. For so long as the Notes are listed on the official list of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and admitted for trading on the Euro MTF and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will publish a notice of any change of Paying Agent, Registrar or Transfer Agent in a daily newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg and, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange in accordance with Section 13.02 and, in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication and posting, mail such notice by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address, as it appears on the Register, with a copy to the Trustee.
Payment of principal will be made upon the surrender of Definitive Notes at the office of any Paying Agent. In the case of a transfer of a Definitive Note in part, upon surrender of the Definitive Note to be transferred, a Definitive Note shall be issued to the transferee in respect of the principal amount transferred and a Definitive Note shall be issued to the transferor in respect of the balance of the principal amount of the transferred Definitive Note at the office of any Transfer Agent.
 
 -14- 

 

The obligations of the Agents are several and not joint.
Section 2.04 Paying Agent to Hold Money .
The Issuer will require each Paying Agent other than the Trustee (and the Principal Paying Agent and/or Luxembourg Paying Agent, where the Trustee is acting as Principal Paying Agent and/or Luxembourg Paying Agent) to agree in writing that the Paying Agent will hold all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes, and will notify the Trustee of any default by the Issuer in making any such payment. Money held by a Paying Agent need not be segregated, except as required by law, and in no event shall any Paying Agent be liable for interest on any money received by it hereunder. While any such default continues, the Trustee may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee. Upon payment over to the Trustee, the Paying Agent (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary) will have no further liability for the money. If the Company or a Subsidiary acts as Paying Agent, it will segregate and hold in a separate trust fund for the benefit of the Holders all money held by it as Paying Agent. Upon any bankruptcy or reorganization proceedings relating to the Issuer, the Trustee and the Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. will serve as Paying Agents for the Notes.
Section 2.05 Holder Lists .
The Trustee will preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of all Holders. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer will furnish to the Trustee at least seven Business Days before each interest payment date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders.
Neither the Trustee nor any of its Agents will have any responsibility or be liable for any aspect of the records in relation to, or payments made on account of, beneficial ownership interests in the Global Notes or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests.
Section 2.06 Transfer and Exchange .
(a)  Transfer and Exchange of Global Notes . A Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the applicable Depositary to a nominee of the applicable Depositary, by a nominee of the applicable Depositary to the applicable Depositary or to another nominee of the applicable Depositary, or by the applicable Depositary or any such nominee to a successor Depositary or a nominee of such successor Depositary. All Global Notes will be exchanged by the Issuer for Definitive Notes if:
(1) the Issuer delivers to the Trustee notice (i) from Euroclear or Clearstream that they are unwilling or unable to continue to act as depositaries and clearing agencies for the Global Notes, and the Issuer fails to appoint a successor or (ii) from the Common Depositary that it is unwilling or unable to continue to act as Common Depositary and a successor Common Depositary is not appointed by the Issuer within 120 days after the date of such notice from the Common Depositary;
(2) Euroclear or Clearstream so requests following an Event of Default with respect to such Global Notes; or
(3) the owner of a Global Note requests such exchange in writing delivered through either Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable, following an Event of Default with respect to such Global Note.
Upon the occurrence of any of the events listed in the preceding clause (1) of this Section 2.06(a), or if the Issuer, in its sole discretion, notifies the Trustee in writing that it elects to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes under this Indenture, the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate and deliver Definitive Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the applicable Global Notes tendered in exchange therefor. The Issuer will, at the cost of the Issuer (but against such indemnity as the Registrar or any relevant Agent may require in respect of any tax or other duty of whatever nature which may be levied or imposed in connection with such exchange), cause sufficient Definitive Notes to be executed and delivered to the Trustee for authentication and the Registrar for registration of the exchange and dispatch to the relevant Holders within 30 days of the relevant event. The Trustee or the Registrar shall, at the cost of the Issuer, deliver such Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Definitive Notes issued in exchange for beneficial interests in Global Notes pursuant to this Section 2.06(a) shall be registered in such names and in such authorized denominations as the Depositary, pursuant to instructions from its Participants or Indirect Participants or otherwise, shall instruct the Trustee. A Global Note may not be exchanged for another Note other than as provided in this Section 2.06(a); provided , however , beneficial interests in a Global Note may be transferred and exchanged as provided in Section 2.06(b), (c), (d) or (e) hereof.
 
 -15- 

 

(b)  Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in the Global Notes . The transfer and exchange of beneficial interests in the Global Notes will be effected through the applicable Depositary, in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and the Applicable Procedures. Beneficial interests in the Restricted Global Notes will be subject to restrictions on transfer comparable to those set forth herein to the extent required by the U.S. Securities Act. Transfers of beneficial interests in the Global Notes also will require compliance with either subparagraph (1) or (2) below, as applicable, as well as one or more of the other following subparagraphs, as applicable:
(1)  Transfer of Beneficial Interests in the Same Global Note . Beneficial interests in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the same Restricted Global Note in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Private Placement Legend; provided , however , that prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, transfers of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may not be made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person. Beneficial interests in any Unrestricted Global Note may be transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. No written orders or instructions shall be required to be delivered to the Registrar to effect the transfers described in this Section 2.06(b)(1).
(2)  All Other Transfers and Exchanges of Beneficial Interests in Global Notes . In connection with all transfers and exchanges of beneficial interests that are not subject to Section 2.06(b)(1) above, the transferor of such beneficial interest must deliver to the Registrar either:
(A) both:
(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the applicable Depositary to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in another Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
(ii) instructions given in accordance with the Applicable Procedures containing information regarding the Participant account to be credited with such increase; or
(B) both:
(i) a written order from a Participant or an Indirect Participant given to the applicable Depositary in accordance with the Applicable Procedures directing the applicable Depositary to cause to be issued a Definitive Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest to be transferred or exchanged; and
(ii) instructions given by the Depositary to the Registrar containing information regarding the Person in whose name such Definitive Note shall be registered to effect the transfer or exchange referred to in (1) above; provided that in no event shall Definitive Notes be issued upon the transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note prior to (A) the expiration of the Restricted Period and (B) the receipt by the Registrar of any certificates required pursuant to Rule 903 under the U.S. Securities Act.
Upon satisfaction of all of the requirements for transfer or exchange of beneficial interests in Global Notes contained in this Indenture and the Notes or otherwise applicable under the U.S. Securities Act, the Trustee shall adjust the principal amount of the relevant Global Note(s) pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof.
 
 -16- 

 

(3)  Transfer of Beneficial Interests to Another Restricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Restricted Global Note if the transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a 144A Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof; and
(B) if the transferee will take delivery in the form of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof.
(4)  Transfer and Exchange of Beneficial Interests in a Restricted Global Note for Beneficial Interests in an Unrestricted Global Note . A beneficial interest in any Restricted Global Note may be exchanged by any holder thereof for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transferred to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note if the exchange or transfer complies with the requirements of Section 2.06(b)(2) above and the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(a) thereof; or
(B) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof;
and, in each such case, if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the U.S. Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act.
If any such transfer is effected at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer shall issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order in accordance with Section 2.02 hereof, the Trustee shall authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of beneficial interests transferred. Beneficial interests in an Unrestricted Global Note cannot be exchanged for, or transferred to Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of, a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note.
(c)  Transfer or Exchange of Beneficial Interests for Definitive Notes . If any of the events in clause (1) or (2) of Section 2.06(a) has occurred or the Issuer has elected pursuant to Section 2.06(a) to cause the issuance of Definitive Notes, transfers or exchanges of beneficial interests in a Global Note for a Definitive Note shall be effected, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in the applicable subclauses of this Section 2.06(c).
 
 -17- 

 

(1)  Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for a Restricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(a) thereof;
(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof;
(D) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(E) if such beneficial interest is being transferred to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof; or
(F) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof,
the Trustee shall cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer shall execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions a Restricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c) shall be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest shall instruct the Registrar through instructions from the Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee shall deliver such Restricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Restricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(1) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and shall be subject to all restrictions on transfer contained therein.
(2) [Reserved].
(3)  Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A holder of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note may exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or may transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note only upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(c) thereof;
(B) if such beneficial interest is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3)(a) thereof;
(C) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(b) thereof;
(D) if the holder of such beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note proposes to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof;
 
 -18- 

 

and, in the case of clause (i) or (ii), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the U.S. Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act.
(4)  Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . If any holder of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note proposes to exchange such beneficial interest for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or to transfer such beneficial interest to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, then, upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.06(b)(2) hereof, the Trustee will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Note to be reduced accordingly pursuant to Section 2.06(h) hereof, and the Issuer will execute and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate and deliver to the Person designated in the instructions an Unrestricted Definitive Note in the appropriate principal amount. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will be registered in such name or names and in such authorized denomination or denominations as the holder of such beneficial interest requests through instructions to the Registrar from or through the applicable Depositary and the Participant or Indirect Participant. The Trustee will deliver such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to the Persons in whose names such Notes are so registered. Any Unrestricted Definitive Note issued in exchange for a beneficial interest pursuant to this Section 2.06(c)(4) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(d)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Beneficial Interests .
(1)  Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes . If any Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note or to transfer such Restricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, then, upon receipt by the Registrar of the following documentation:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Note for a beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (2)(b) thereof;
(B) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a QIB in accordance with Rule 144A, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
(C) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to a Non-U.S. Person in an offshore transaction in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; or
(D) if such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (4) thereof,
the Trustee will cancel the Restricted Definitive Note, increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of, in the case of clause (A) above, the appropriate Restricted Global Note, in the case of clause (B) above, the 144A Global Note, and in the case of clause (C) or (D) above, the Regulation S Global Note.
 
 -19- 

 

(2)  Restricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of a Restricted Definitive Note may exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note only if:
(A) such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof;
(B) such Restricted Definitive Note is being transferred pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act in accordance with Rule 144, a certificate to the effect set forth in Exhibit B hereto, including certifications in item 3(a) thereof; or
(C) the Registrar receives the following:
(i) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(c) thereof; or
(ii) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in the Unrestricted Global Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) of subparagraph (C), if the Registrar so requests or if the Applicable Procedures so require, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the U.S. Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act. Upon satisfaction of the conditions of any of the subparagraphs in this Section 2.06(d)(2), the Trustee will cancel the Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the Unrestricted Global Note.
(3)  Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Beneficial Interests in Unrestricted Global Notes . A Holder of an Unrestricted Definitive Note may exchange such Unrestricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Note to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note at any time. Upon receipt of a request for such an exchange or transfer, the Trustee will cancel the applicable Unrestricted Definitive Note and increase or cause to be increased the aggregate principal amount of the relevant Unrestricted Global Note.
If any such exchange or transfer from an Unrestricted Definitive Note to a beneficial interest is effected pursuant to subparagraph (2) or (3) above at a time when an Unrestricted Global Note has not yet been issued, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate one or more Unrestricted Global Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Definitive Notes so transferred.
(e)  Transfer and Exchange of Definitive Notes for Definitive Notes . Upon request by a Holder of Definitive Notes and such Holder’s compliance with the provisions of this Section 2.06(e), the Registrar will register the transfer or exchange of Definitive Notes. Prior to such registration of transfer or exchange, the requesting Holder must present or surrender to the Registrar the Definitive Notes duly endorsed or accompanied by a written instruction of transfer in form satisfactory to the Registrar and duly executed by such Holder or by its attorney, duly authorized in writing. In addition, the requesting Holder must provide any additional certifications, documents and information, as applicable, required pursuant to the following provisions of this Section 2.06(e).
(1)  Restricted Definitive Notes to Restricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be transferred to and registered in the name of a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of a Restricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (1) thereof;
 
 -20- 

 

(B) if the transfer will be made pursuant to Rule 903 or Rule 904, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (2) thereof; and
(C) if the transfer will be made pursuant to any other exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act, then the transferor must deliver a certificate in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications required by item (3) thereof.
(2)  Restricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . Any Restricted Definitive Note may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Unrestricted Definitive Note or transferred to a Person or Persons who take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note if the Registrar receives the following:
(A) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to exchange such Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit C hereto, including the certifications in item (1)(d) thereof; or
(B) if the Holder of such Restricted Definitive Note proposes to transfer such Restricted Definitive Note to a Person who shall take delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note, a certificate from such Holder in the form of Exhibit B hereto, including the certifications in item (3) thereof;
and, in each such case set forth in clauses (A) and (B) above, if the Registrar so requests, an Opinion of Counsel in form reasonably acceptable to the Registrar to the effect that such exchange or transfer is in compliance with the U.S. Securities Act and that the restrictions on transfer contained herein and in the Private Placement Legend are no longer required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act.
(3)  Unrestricted Definitive Notes to Unrestricted Definitive Notes . A Holder of Unrestricted Definitive Notes may transfer such Unrestricted Definitive Notes to a Person who takes delivery thereof in the form of an Unrestricted Definitive Note. Upon receipt of a request to register such a transfer, the Registrar shall register the Unrestricted Definitive Notes pursuant to the instructions from the Holder thereof.
(f)  Reserved .
(g)  Legends . The following legends will appear on the face of all Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued under this Indenture unless specifically stated otherwise in the applicable provisions of this Indenture.
(1)  Private Placement Legend .
(A) Except as permitted by subparagraph (B) below, each Global Note and each Definitive Note (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) shall bear the legend in substantially the following form:
THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN AND WILL NOT BE REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”) OR THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR UNLESS SUCH TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.
 
 -21- 

 

THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) OR (B) IT IS A NON-U.S. PERSON ACQUIRING THIS NOTE IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES TO OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER SUCH SECURITY, PRIOR TO THE DATE (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”) WHICH IS [IN THE CASE OF RULE 144A NOTES: ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THE ISSUER OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE ISSUER WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY)] [IN THE CASE OF REGULATION S NOTES: 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE DATE WHEN THE SECURITIES WERE FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S AND THE DATE OF THE COMPLETION OF THE DISTRIBUTION] ONLY (A) TO THE ISSUER, (B) PURSUANT TO A REGISTRATION STATEMENT WHICH HAS BEEN DECLARED EFFECTIVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (C) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”), TO A PERSON IT REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A THAT PURCHASES FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER TO WHOM NOTICE IS GIVEN THAT THE TRANSFER IS BEING MADE IN RELIANCE ON RULE 144A, (D) PURSUANT TO OFFERS AND SALES THAT OCCUR OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR (E) PURSUANT TO ANY OTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT, SUBJECT IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES TO ANY REQUIREMENT OF LAW THAT THE DISPOSITION OF ITS PROPERTY OR THE PROPERTY OF SUCH INVESTOR ACCOUNT OR ACCOUNTS BE AT ALL TIMES WITHIN ITS OR THEIR CONTROL AND IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS AND ANY APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND REGULATIONS AND FURTHER SUBJECT TO THE ISSUER’S AND THE TRUSTEE’S RIGHTS PRIOR TO ANY SUCH OFFER, SALE OR TRANSFER (I) PURSUANT TO CLAUSE (E) TO REQUIRE THE DELIVERY OF AN OPINION OF COUNSEL, CERTIFICATION AND/OR OTHER INFORMATION SATISFACTORY TO EACH OF THEM AND (II) IN EACH OF THE FOREGOING CASES, TO REQUIRE THAT A CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER IN THE FORM APPEARING ON THE OTHER SIDE OF THIS SECURITY IS COMPLETED AND DELIVERED BY THE TRANSFEROR TO THE TRUSTEE AND (3) AGREES THAT IT WILL GIVE TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND.
(B) Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Global Note or Definitive Note issued pursuant to subparagraph (b)(4), (c)(2), (c)(3), (d)(2), (d)(3), (e)(2) or (e)(3) of this Section 2.06 (and all Notes issued in exchange therefor or substitution thereof) will not bear the Private Placement Legend.
(2)  Global Note Legend . Each Global Note will bear a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS GLOBAL NOTE IS HELD BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AS DEFINED IN THE INDENTURE GOVERNING THIS NOTE) OR ITS NOMINEE IN CUSTODY FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE BENEFICIAL OWNERS HEREOF, AND IS NOT TRANSFERABLE TO ANY PERSON UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES EXCEPT THAT (1) THE TRUSTEE MAY MAKE SUCH NOTATIONS HEREON AS MAY BE REQUIRED PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06 OF THE INDENTURE, (2) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE EXCHANGED IN WHOLE BUT NOT IN PART PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.06(a) OF THE INDENTURE, (3) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE DELIVERED TO THE TRUSTEE FOR CANCELLATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 2.11 OF THE INDENTURE AND (4) THIS GLOBAL NOTE MAY BE TRANSFERRED TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY WITH THE PRIOR WRITTEN CONSENT OF THE ISSUER.
 
 -22- 

 

UNLESS AND UNTIL IT IS EXCHANGED IN WHOLE OR IN PART FOR NOTES IN DEFINITIVE FORM, THIS NOTE MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED EXCEPT AS A WHOLE BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR BY THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR ANY SUCH NOMINEE TO A SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF SUCH SUCCESSOR COMMON DEPOSITARY. UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (WHICH SHALL INITIALLY BE THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON) TO THE ISSUER OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER NAME AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO THE COMMON DEPOSITARY OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS MAY BE REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE COMMON DEPOSITARY), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, THE COMMON DEPOSITARY HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.
(3)  Original Issue Discount Legend . Any Note issued with more than de minimus original issued discount for U.S. Federal Income Tax purposes authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend in substantially the following form:
THIS NOTE IS ISSUED WITH ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT FOR PURPOSES OF SECTION 1271 ET SEQ. OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE. A HOLDER MAY OBTAIN THE ISSUE PRICE, AMOUNT OF ORIGINAL ISSUE DISCOUNT, ISSUE DATE AND YIELD TO MATURITY FOR SUCH NOTE BY SUBMITTING A REQUEST FOR SUCH INFORMATION TO THE ISSUER AT THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS: C/O GREIF, INC.,425 WINTER ROAD, DELAWARE, OHIO 43015, ATTENTION: TREASURER.
(h)  Cancellation and/or Adjustment of Global Notes . At such time as all beneficial interests in a particular Global Note have been exchanged for Definitive Notes or a particular Global Note has been redeemed, repurchased or canceled in whole and not in part, each such Global Note will be returned to or retained and canceled by the Trustee in accordance with Section 2.11 hereof. At any time prior to such cancellation, if any beneficial interest in a Global Note is exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note or for Definitive Notes, the principal amount of Notes represented by such Global Note will be reduced accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such reduction; and if the beneficial interest is being exchanged for or transferred to a Person who will take delivery thereof in the form of a beneficial interest in another Global Note, such other Global Note will be increased accordingly and an endorsement will be made on such Global Note by the Trustee or by the Depositary at the direction of the Trustee to reflect such increase.
(i)  General Provisions Relating to Transfers and Exchanges .
(1) To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer will execute and the Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Authentication Order or at the Registrar’s request.
(2) No service charge will be made to a Holder of a Global Note or to a Holder of a Definitive Note for any registration of transfer or exchange, but the Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any transfer tax or similar governmental charge payable in connection therewith (other than any such transfer taxes or similar governmental charge payable upon exchange or transfer pursuant to Sections 2.10, 3.06, 4.09 and 9.05 hereof).
 
 -23- 

 

(3) The Registrar will not be required to register the transfer of or exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part.
(4) All Global Notes and Definitive Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of Global Notes or Definitive Notes will be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt, and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Global Notes or Definitive Notes surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.
(5) The Issuer will not be required:
(A) to issue, to register the transfer of or to exchange any Notes during a period beginning at the opening of business 15 days before the day of any selection of Notes for redemption under Section 3.02 hereof and ending at the close of business on the day of selection;
(B) to register the transfer of or to exchange any Note selected for redemption in whole or in part, except the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part; or
(C) to register the transfer of or to exchange a Note between a Record Date and the next succeeding interest payment date.
(6) Prior to due presentment for the registration of a transfer of any Note, the Trustee, any Agent and the Issuer may deem and treat the Person in whose name any Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal of and interest on such Notes and for all other purposes, and none of the Trustee, any Agent or the Issuer shall be affected by notice to the contrary.
(7) The Trustee will authenticate Global Notes and Definitive Notes in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.02 hereof.
(8) All certifications, certificates and Opinions of Counsel required to be submitted to the Registrar pursuant to this Section 2.06 to effect a registration of transfer or exchange may be submitted by facsimile.
(9) Each Holder agrees to indemnify the Issuer, the Company and the Trustee against any liability that may result from the transfer, exchange or assignment of such Holder’s Note in violation of any provision of this Indenture and/or applicable United States Federal or state securities law. The Trustee shall have no obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.
(10) The Trustee or any Agent may request from the Issuer an Officer’s Certificate and/or Opinion of Counsel before taking any action or refraining from acting pursuant to this Section 2.06.
Section 2.07 Replacement Notes .
If any mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee or the Issuer or the Trustee receives evidence to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, the Issuer will issue and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate a replacement Note if the Trustee’s requirements are met. If required by the Trustee or the Issuer, an indemnity bond must be supplied by the Holder that is sufficient in the judgment of the Trustee and the Issuer to protect the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced. The Issuer may charge for its expenses in replacing a Note.
 
 -24- 

 

If, after the delivery of such replacement Note, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such replacement Note was issued presents for payment or registration such original Note, the Trustee shall be entitled to recover such replacement Note from the Person to whom it was delivered or any Person taking therefrom, except a bona fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred by the Issuer, the Trustee, any Agent and any authenticating agent in connection therewith.
Subject to the provisions of the final sentence of the preceding paragraph of this Section 2.07, every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer and will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture equally and proportionately with all other Notes duly issued hereunder.
For purposes of determining whether the Holders of the requisite principal amount of Notes have taken any action as herein described, the principal amount of Notes shall be deemed to be the euro equivalent of such principal amount of the Notes as of (i) if a Record Date has been set with respect to the taking of such action, such date or (ii) if no such Record Date has been set, the date the taking of such action by the Holders of such requisite principal amount is certified to the Trustee by the Issuer.
Any request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to be given or taken by Holders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Holders in person or by an Agent duly appointed in writing or may be embodied in or evidenced by an electronic transmission which identifies the documents containing the proposal on which such consent is requested and certifies such Holders’ consent thereto and agreement to be bound thereby; and, except as herein otherwise expressly provided, such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments are delivered to the Trustee, and where it is hereby expressly required, to the Issuer.
Section 2.08 Outstanding Notes .
The Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes authenticated by the Trustee except for those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the interest in a Global Note effected by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions hereof, and those described in this Section 2.08 as not outstanding (the “ Outstanding Notes ”). Except as set forth in Section 2.09 hereof, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Issuer holds the Note; provided , however , that Notes held by the Issuer or a Subsidiary of the Issuer shall not be deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of Section 3.07 hereof.
If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.07 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Issuer.
If the principal amount and premium, if any, of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.01 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest on it ceases to accrue.
If the Paying Agent (other than the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of any thereof) holds, on a redemption date or maturity date, money sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes payable on that date and the Paying Agent is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes will be deemed to be no longer outstanding and will cease to accrue interest.
Section 2.09 Treasury Notes .
In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, or by any Affiliate of the Issuer, will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes shown on the register maintained by the Registrar as being owned by the Issuer, or by an Affiliate of the Issuer shall be so disregarded.
 
 -25- 

 

Section 2.10 Temporary Notes .
Until certificates representing Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, will authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes will be substantially in the form of certificated Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Notes and as may be reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer will prepare and the Trustee will authenticate Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes.
Holders of temporary Notes will be entitled to all of the benefits of this Indenture.
Section 2.11 Cancellation .
The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation. The Registrar and Paying Agent will forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Trustee and no one else will cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and will dispose of such canceled Notes (subject to the record retention requirement, of the U.S. Exchange Act) in its customary manner unless the Issuer directs the Trustee to deliver cancelled Notes to the Issuer. The Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or that have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.
Section 2.12 Defaulted Interest .
If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it will pay the defaulted interest in any lawful manner plus, to the extent lawful, interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent special Record Date, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof. The Issuer will notify the Trustee in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment and at the same time the Issuer may deposit with the Trustee an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such Defaulted Interest; or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such Defaulted Interest as in this clause provided. The Issuer will fix or cause to be fixed each such special Record Date and payment date, provided that no such special Record Date may be less than 10 days prior to the related payment date for such defaulted interest. At least 15 days before the special Record Date, the Issuer (or, upon the written request of the Issuer, the Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer) will mail or cause to be mailed to Holders a notice that states the special Record Date, the related payment date and the amount of such interest to be paid.
Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.12 and for greater certainty, each Note delivered under this Indenture upon registration of transfer of or in exchange for or in lieu of any other Note shall carry the rights to interest accrued and unpaid, and to accrue, which were carried by such other Note.
Section 2.13 Additional Amounts .
(a) All payments made by the Issuer under or with respect to the Notes or by any of the Guarantors with respect to any Guarantee of the Notes will be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for, or on account of, any present or future Taxes unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. If any deduction or withholding levied by or on behalf of:
(1) any jurisdiction in which the Issuer or any Guarantor is then incorporated or organized, engaged in business for tax purposes or resident for tax purposes or any political subdivision thereof or therein or
 
 -26- 

 

(2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment is made by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor (including the jurisdiction of any Paying Agent) or any political subdivision thereof or therein (each, a “ Tax Jurisdiction ”)
will at any time be required by law to be made from any payments made by the Issuer under or with respect to the Notes or by any of the Guarantors with respect to any Guarantee of the Notes, including payments of principal, redemption price, interest or premium, the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as applicable, will pay such additional amounts (the “ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary in order that the net amounts received in respect of such payments by each Holder after such withholding or deduction (including any such withholding or deduction from such Additional Amounts) will equal the respective amounts that would have been received in respect of such payments in the absence of such withholding or deduction; provided , however , that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to:
(1) any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes would not have been imposed but for the existence of any present or former connection between the relevant Holder or Beneficial Owner of the Notes and the relevant Tax Jurisdiction (including being a resident or citizen of such jurisdiction or having a domicile or a permanent establishment in such jurisdiction to which the payments can be attributed for Tax purposes), other than any connection arising solely from the acquisition, holding or disposition of such Note, the enforcement of rights under such Note or under a Guarantee of the Notes or the receipt of any payments in respect of such Note or a Guarantee of the Notes;
(2) any Taxes, to the extent such Taxes were imposed as a result of the presentation of a Note for payment (where presentation is required) more than 30 days after the relevant payment is first made available for payment to the Holder (except to the extent that the Holder would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the Note been presented on the last day of such 30-day period);
(3) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer or similar Taxes;
(4) any Taxes withheld, deducted or imposed on a payment to an individual that are required to be made pursuant to European Council Directive 2003/48/EC or any other directive implementing the conclusions of the ECOFIN Council meeting of November 26 and 27, 2000 on the taxation of savings income, or any law implementing or complying with or introduced in order to conform to, such directive;
(5) Taxes imposed on or with respect to a payment made to a Holder or Beneficial Owner of Notes who would have been able to avoid such withholding or deduction by presenting the relevant note to another Paying Agent in a member state of the European Union;
(6) any Taxes payable other than by deduction or withholding from payments to a Holder or Beneficial Owner under, or with respect to, the Notes or with respect to any Guarantee of the Notes;
(7) any Taxes that are imposed or withheld by reason of the failure by the Holder or the Beneficial Owner of the Note to comply with a written request of the Payor addressed to the Holder, after reasonable notice, to provide certification, information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or such Beneficial Owners or to make any declaration or similar claim or satisfy any other reporting requirement relating to such matters, required by a statute, regulation, treaty or administrative practice of the relevant Tax Jurisdiction as a precondition to exemption from all or part of such Tax; provided in each case the holder or beneficial owner is legally eligible to do so; or
(8) any combination of items (1) through (7) above.
(b) The Issuer and the Guarantors will also pay and indemnify the Holder for any present or future stamp, issue, registration, court or documentary Taxes, or any other excise or property Taxes, which are levied by any Tax Jurisdiction on the execution, delivery, issuance, or registration of any of the Notes, this Indenture, any Guarantee of the Notes or any other document referred to therein, or the receipt of any payments with respect thereto, or enforcement of, any of the Notes or any Guarantee of the Notes (limited, in the case of taxes attributable to payments with respect thereto, to any such taxes imposed in a Tax Jurisdiction that are not excluded under clauses (1) through (5), (7) or (8) above).
 
 -27- 

 

(c) If the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, becomes aware that it will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts with respect to any payment under or with respect to the Notes or any Guarantee of the Notes, each of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, will deliver to the Trustee on a date that is at least 30 days prior to the date of that payment (unless the obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises less than 45 day prior to that payment date, in which case the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor shall deliver to the Trustee promptly after the obligation to pay so arises) an Officer’s Certificate stating the fact that Additional Amounts will be payable and the amount estimated to be so payable. The Officer’s Certificate must also set forth any other information reasonably necessary to enable the Paying Agents to pay Additional Amounts to Holders on the relevant payment date. The Trustee shall be entitled to rely solely on such Officer’s Certificate as conclusive proof that such payments are necessary.
(d) The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor will make all withholdings and deductions required by law and will remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant Tax authority in accordance with applicable law. The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor will use its reasonable efforts to obtain Tax receipts from each Tax authority evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld. The Issuer or the relevant Guarantor will furnish to the Trustee (or to a holder upon written request), within a reasonable time after the date the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld is made, certified copies of Tax receipts evidencing payment by the Issuer or a Guarantor, as the case may be, or if, notwithstanding such entity’s efforts to obtain receipts, receipts are not available, other evidence of payments (reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) by such entity.
(e) Notwithstanding anything contrary herein, references in this Indenture to the payment of amounts based upon the principal amount of the Notes or of principal, interest or of any other amount payable under, or with respect to, any of the Notes or any Guarantee of the Notes, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.
(f) The foregoing obligations of this Section 2.13 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture, any transfer by a Holder or Beneficial Owner of its Notes, and will apply, mutatis mutandis , to any jurisdiction in which any successor Person to the Issuer or any Guarantor is incorporated, engaged in business for tax purposes or resident for tax purposes or any jurisdiction from or through which such Person makes any payment on the Notes (or any Guarantee of the Notes) and any department or political subdivision thereof or therein.
Section 2.14 Currency Indemnity
Any payment on account of an amount that is payable in euros which is made to or for the account of any Holder or the Trustee in lawful currency of any other jurisdiction (the “ Judgment Currency ”), whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the liquidation of the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, shall constitute a discharge of the Issuer’s, the Company’s or such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligation under this Indenture and the Notes, the Guarantee, as the case may be, only to the extent of the amount of euros which such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, could purchase in the London foreign exchange markets with the amount of the Judgment Currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the first Business Day following receipt of the payment in the Judgment Currency. If the amount of euros that could be so purchased is less than the amount of euros originally due to such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, the Issuer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, shall indemnify and hold harmless the Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, from and against all loss or damage arising out of, or as a result of, such deficiency. This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Indenture or the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder or the Trustee from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.
 
 -28- 

 

ARTICLE 3.
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT
Section 3.01 Notices to Trustee .
If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to the optional redemption provisions of Section 3.07 hereof, it must furnish to the Trustee, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, an Officer’s Certificate setting forth:
(1) the clause of this Indenture pursuant to which the redemption shall occur;
(2) the redemption date and the Record Date;
(3) the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed;
(4) the redemption price; and
(5) a statement to the effect that such redemption will comply with the conditions in this Indenture.
The Issuer shall also provide the Trustee with any additional information that the Trustee may reasonably request in connection with any redemption or offer.
Section 3.02 Selection of Notes to Be Redeemed or Purchased .
If less than all of the Notes are to be redeemed or purchased in an offer to purchase at any time, the Trustee (or the Registrar, as appropriate) will select Notes for redemption or purchase as follows:
(1) if the Notes are listed on any national securities exchange, in compliance with the requirements of the principal national securities exchange on which the Notes are listed and/or in compliance with the requirements of Euroclear or Clearstream, as applicable; or
(2) if the Notes are not listed on any national securities exchange, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such method as the Trustee (or the Registrar, as appropriate) in its sole discretion shall deem fair and appropriate.
Neither the Trustee nor the Registrar shall be liable for any selections made by it in accordance with this Indenture.
In the event of partial redemption or purchase by lot, the particular Notes to be redeemed or purchased will be selected, unless otherwise provided herein, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior to the redemption or purchase date by the Trustee from the Outstanding Notes not previously called for redemption or purchase.
The Trustee will promptly notify the Issuer in writing of the Notes selected for redemption or purchase and, in the case of any Note selected for partial redemption or purchase, the principal amount thereof to be redeemed or purchased. Notes and portions of Notes selected will be in amounts of € 100,000 or whole multiples of € 1,000 in excess thereof; except that if all of the Notes of a Holder are to be redeemed or purchased, the entire outstanding amount of Notes held by such Holder, even if not € 100,000 or an integral multiple of € 1,000 in excess thereof, shall be redeemed or purchased. Except as provided in the preceding sentence, provisions of this Indenture that apply to Notes called for redemption or purchase also apply to portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase.
 
 -29- 

 

Section 3.03 Notice of Redemption .
At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a redemption date, the Issuer will mail or cause to be mailed, by first class mail, a notice of redemption to each Holder whose Notes are to be redeemed at its registered address, except that redemption notices may be mailed more than 60 days prior to a redemption date if the notice is issued in connection with a defeasance of the Notes or a satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture pursuant to Article 8 or 11 of this Indenture.
The notice will identify the Notes to be redeemed and will state (including ISIN and Common Code numbers, to the extent applicable):
(1) the redemption date and Record Date;
(2) the redemption price;
(3) if any Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the redemption date upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued upon cancellation of the original Note;
(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;
(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the redemption price;
(6) that, unless the Issuer defaults in making such redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the redemption date;
(7) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and
(8) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN or Common Code numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.
At the Issuer’s request, the Trustee will give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at its expense; provided , however , that the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee, at least 45 days prior to the redemption date, or such shorter period of time as may be acceptable to the Trustee in its sole discretion, an Officer’s Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the preceding paragraph.
For Notes that are in the form of Global Notes held on behalf of Euroclear or Clearstream, notices may be given by delivery of the relevant notices to Euroclear or Clearstream for communication to entitled account holders in substitution for the aforesaid mailing in this Section 3.03. So long as any Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, any such notice to the Holders of the relevant Notes shall also be published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu) and, in connection with any redemption, the Issuer will notify the Luxembourg Stock Exchange of any change in the principal amount of Notes outstanding.
Section 3.04 Effect of Notice of Redemption .
Once notice of redemption is mailed in accordance with Section 3.03 hereof, Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the redemption date at the redemption price. A notice of redemption may not be conditional. Failure to give notice or any defect in the notice to any Holder shall not affect the validity of the notice to any other Holder.
 
 -30- 

 

Section 3.05 Deposit of Redemption or Purchase Price .
On or prior to 10:00 a.m., London time, one Business Day prior to each redemption or purchase date, the Issuer will deposit with the Trustee or with the Paying Agent money in same day funds sufficient to pay the redemption or purchase price of and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased on that date other than Notes or portions of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation. The Trustee or the Paying Agent will promptly return to the Issuer any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent by the Issuer in excess of the amounts necessary to pay the redemption or purchase price of, and accrued interest on all Notes to be redeemed or purchased. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be required to pay out any money without first having been placed in funds.
If the Issuer complies with the provisions of the preceding paragraph, on and after the redemption or purchase date, interest will cease to accrue on the Notes or the portions of Notes called for redemption or purchase unless the relevant Paying Agent is prohibited from making such redemption payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. If a Note is redeemed or purchased on or after an interest Record Date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date. If any Note called for redemption or purchase is not so paid upon surrender for redemption or purchase because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the redemption or purchase date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.01 hereof.
Section 3.06 Notes Redeemed or Purchased in Part .
Upon surrender of a Note that is redeemed or purchased in part, the Issuer will issue and, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, the Trustee will authenticate for the Holder at the expense of the Issuer a new Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed or unpurchased portion of the Note surrendered.
Section 3.07 Optional Redemption .
The Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular Record Date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).
Section 3.08 Mandatory Redemption .
The Issuer is not required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
Section 3.09 Redemption for Changes in Taxes .
The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable and given in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Issuer for redemption (a “ Tax Redemption Date ”) and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, the Issuer is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts, and the Issuer cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available, and the requirement arises as a result of:
(1) any amendment to, or change in, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction which change or amendment is announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Issue Date, such later date); or
 
 -31- 

 

(2) any amendment to, or change in, an official written interpretation or application of such laws, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment, order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) which amendment or change is announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Issue Date, such later date).
The Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the notes were then due, and the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must be in effect at the time such notice is given. Prior to the publication or, where relevant, mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel of recognized expertise in the laws of the relevant jurisdiction and satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that there has been such amendment or change which would entitle the Issuer to redeem the notes hereunder. In addition, before the Issuer publishes or mails notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it.
Such Officer’s Certificate will also set forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to so redeem the Notes have been fulfilled.
The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions precedent as described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.
ARTICLE 4.
COVENANTS
Section 4.01 Payment of Notes .
The Issuer shall pay or cause to be paid the principal of, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes on the dates and in the manner provided in the Notes. Principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, will be considered paid on the date due if the Paying Agent (if other than the Issuer or a Subsidiary thereof) holds, as of 10:00 a.m. London Time one Business Day prior to such due date (or such other time as the Issuer and the Paying Agent may mutually agree from time to time, but always subject to actual receipt), money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for and sufficient to pay all principal, premium, if any, and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, then due and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders on that date pursuant to the terms of this Indenture. The Issuer will promptly notify the Trustee and the applicable Paying Agent of its failure to so deposit. Subject to actual receipt of such funds as provided by this Section 4.01 by the designated Paying Agent, such Paying Agent shall make payments on the Notes in accordance with this Indenture. In any event, the Issuer shall, prior to 10:00 a.m. London, England time on the second Business Day prior to the date on which the Principal Paying Agent receives payment, procure that the bank effecting payment for it confirms by SWIFT message to the Principal Paying Agent that an irrevocable payment instruction has been given. A Paying Agent shall (or the Trustee, if applicable) only be obliged to make a payment under this Indenture if it has actually received cleared, immediately available funds from the Issuer as required under this Section 4.01.
The Issuer shall pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal at the rate equal to 1% per annum in excess of the then applicable interest rate on the Notes to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and Additional Interest (without regard to any applicable grace period) at the same rate to the extent lawful.
 
 -32- 

 

If a Paying Agent pays out funds on or after the due date therefor, or pays out funds (although it is not obligated) on the assumption that the corresponding payment by the Issuer has been or will be made and such payment has in fact not been so made by the Issuer, then the Issuer shall on demand reimburse the Paying Agent for the relevant amount, and pay interest to the Paying Agent on such amount from the date on which it is paid out to the date of reimbursement at a rate per annum equal to the cost to the Paying Agent of funding the amount paid out, as certified by the Paying Agent and expressed as a rate per annum.
Section 4.02 Maintenance of Office or Agency .
The Issuer shall maintain an office or agency (which may be an office of the Trustee or an Affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-registrar) for the Notes in London, England, and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, in Luxembourg, where (1) Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and (2) notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.
The Issuer may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission will in any manner relieve the Issuer of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in London, England, and for so long as any Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, in Luxembourg, for such purposes. The Issuer will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.
The Issuer hereby designates the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee as one such office or agency of the Issuer in accordance with Section 2.03 hereof.
Section 4.03 SEC Reports .
Notwithstanding that the Company or its Restricted Subsidiaries may not be subject to the reporting requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act, and so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall file with the SEC and provide the Trustee and Holders of Notes with such annual reports and such information, documents and other reports as are specified in Sections 13 and 15(d) of the U.S. Exchange Act and applicable to a U.S. corporation subject to such Sections, such information, documents and reports to be so filed and provided at the times specified for the filing of such information, documents and reports under such Sections; provided , however , that the Company shall not be so obligated to file such information, documents and reports with the SEC if the SEC does not permit such filings.
For so long as any Notes remain outstanding, the Company will furnish to the Holders and to securities analysts and prospective investors, upon their request, the information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the U.S. Securities Act.
The Company will also make available copies of all reports required by the second preceding paragraph (i) on its website and (ii) if an so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, at the specified office of the Paying Agent in Luxembourg or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such reports on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange.
 
 -33- 

 

Section 4.04 Limitation on Liens .
The Company will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, create or assume any mortgage, security interest, pledge or lien, collectively in this Article 4 referred to as, a “lien,” upon any Principal Property or upon the shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary, to secure any other Indebtedness, without equally and ratably securing the Notes for so long as such other Indebtedness is secured. However, this Section 4.04 does not apply to:
(1) liens (including liens in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations) on any Principal Property existing at the time of its acquisition and liens created contemporaneously with or within 270 days after (or created pursuant to firm commitment financing arrangements obtained within that period) the completion of the acquisition, improvement, alteration or construction of such property to secure payment of the purchase price of such property or the cost of such improvement, alteration or construction;
(2) liens on property or assets or shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person, existing at the time it is merged, combined or amalgamated into or consolidated with or its assets or its equity interest is acquired by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary;
(3) liens on property or assets or shares of Capital Stock or Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time it becomes a Restricted Subsidiary;
(4) liens securing debts of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries;
(5) liens in favor of or required by a governmental unit in any relevant jurisdiction, including any departments or instrumentality thereof, to secure payments under any contract or statute, or to secure debts incurred in financing the acquisition or construction of or improvements or alterations to property subject thereto;
(6) liens on timberlands in connection with an arrangement under which the Company and/or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries permit a Person to cut or pay for timber, however determined;
(7) liens securing Indebtedness and other Obligations under the Credit Agreement in an aggregate amount not to exceed the greater of $1,500.0 million and 20% of Total Assets and Interest Swap Obligations related thereto;
(8) liens in favor of any customer arising in respect of and not exceeding the amount of performance deposits and partial, progress, advance or other payments by that customer for goods produced or services rendered to that customer in the ordinary course of business and consignment arrangements (whether as consignor or as consignee) or similar arrangements for the sale or purchase of goods in the ordinary course of business;
(9) any lien existing on January 26, 2007 or liens to extend, renew or replace (or successive extensions, renewals or replacements of) any liens referred to in clauses (1) through (8) or this clause (9);
(10) mechanics’, workmen’s and other liens arising by operation of law;
(11) liens arising out of litigation or judgments being contested or a final judgment or order that does not give rise to an Event of Default;
(12) liens for taxes not yet due, or being contested, assessments or other governmental charges or levies, landlords’ liens, tenants’ rights under leases, easements, and similar liens not materially impairing the use or value of the property involved;
(13) liens if an amount of cash equal to the net proceeds of the Indebtedness secured by such lien is used within 18 months of such creation or assumption acquire additional property or assets (or to make Investments in persons who, after giving effect to such Investments, will become Restricted Subsidiaries);
 
 -34- 

 

(14) liens to secure Indebtedness of joint ventures in which the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary has an interest, to the extent such liens are on property or assets of or equity interests in such joint ventures;
(15) liens created or assumed in the ordinary course of business, including pledges and deposits, in connection with self-insurance arrangements, workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance, social security or similar law or other forms of governmental insurance or benefits, or to secure performance of bids, tenders, trade or government contracts (other than for Indebtedness), statutory or regulatory obligations, leases and contracts (other than for Indebtedness) entered into in the ordinary course of business or to secure obligations on surety, indemnity or appeal bonds or performance bonds or other obligations of a like nature or in connection with customs, duties or the importation of goods;
(16) leases or subleases granted to others and any interest or title of a lessor under any lease not prohibited by this Indenture and licenses of patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights granted in the ordinary course;
(17) liens in respect of cash in connection with the operation of cash management programs and liens associated with the discounting or sale of letters of credit and customary rights of set off, banker’s lien, revocation, refund or chargeback or similar rights under deposit disbursement, concentration account agreements or under the Uniform Commercial Code or arising by operation of law;
(18) utility easements, building restrictions and such other encumbrances or charges against real property as are of a nature generally existing with respect to properties of a similar character, and easements, rights-of-way, encroachments, municipal and zoning ordinances and similar charges, encumbrances, title defects or other irregularities that do not materially interfere with the ordinary course of business of the Company or of any of its Restricted Subsidiaries;
(19) liens securing reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit incurred in accordance with this Indenture that encumber documents and other property relating to such letters of credit and the products and proceeds thereof;
(20) liens resulting from the deposit of funds or evidences of Indebtedness in trust for the purpose of defeasing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, and legal or equitable encumbrances deemed to exist by reason of negative pledges; or
(21) liens on accounts receivable or inventory associated with a receivable or inventory financing, sale or factoring program of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Section 4.05 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback .
The Company will not, nor will it permit any Restricted Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction with respect to a Principal Property and with a lease exceeding three years unless:
(1) the Company and/or such Restricted Subsidiary or Restricted Subsidiaries would be entitled to incur Indebtedness secured by a lien on that property without securing the Notes;
(2) an amount equal to the Value of the Sale and Leaseback Transaction is applied within 150 days to:
(A) the voluntary retirement of Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary maturing more than one year after the date incurred and which is pari passu in right of payment with the Notes, or
(B) the purchase of other property that will constitute Principal Property having a value at least equal to the net proceeds of the sale; or
 
 -35- 

 

(3) the Company and/or a Restricted Subsidiary shall deliver to the Trustee for cancellation Notes in an aggregate principal amount at least equal to the net proceeds of the sale and any other documents the Trustee may reasonably require to effect such cancellation.
For purposes of this Section 4.05 and Section 4.06, the term “ Value ” shall mean, with respect to a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as of any particular time, the amount equal to the greater of (i) the net proceeds of the sale or transfer of the property leased pursuant to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction or (ii) the fair value in the opinion of the Board of Directors of the Company of such property at the time of entering into such Sale and Leaseback Transaction, in either case divided first by the number of full years of the term of the lease and then multiplied by the number of full years of such term remaining at the time of determination without regard to any renewal or extension options contained in the lease.
Section 4.06 Exemption from Limitation on Liens and Sale and Leaseback .
Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 4.04 and 4.05, the Company and/or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries are permitted to create or assume liens or enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions that would not otherwise be permitted under the limitations described under Section 4.04 and Section 4.05, provided that the sum of the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness secured by these liens (not including Indebtedness otherwise permitted under the exceptions described in Section 4.04), and the Value of all these Sale and Leaseback Transactions (not including those that are for less than three years or in respect of which Indebtedness is retired or property is purchased or Notes are delivered, as set forth in Section 4.05), shall not exceed 20% of the Net Tangible Assets of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Section 4.07 Statement by Officers as to Default .
The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company ending after the date hereof (and within 14 days upon a request at any time after such 120 days), an Officer’s Certificate, stating that in the course of the performance by the signer thereof of his or her duties as an Officer of the Company he or she would normally have knowledge of any Default and whether or not the signer knows of any Default that occurred during such period (and, if a Default or Event of Default has occurred, describing all such Defaults or Events of Default of which he or she may have knowledge and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take with respect thereto).
Section 4.08 Waiver of Certain Covenants .
The Company may omit in any particular instance to comply with any term, provision or condition set forth in Sections 4.04 to 4.06, inclusive, with respect to the Notes if before the time for such compliance the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes shall, by act of such Holders, either waive such compliance in such instance or generally waive compliance with such term, provision or condition, but no such waiver shall extend to or affect such term, provision or condition except to the extent so expressly waived, and until such waiver shall become effective, the obligations of the Company and the duties of the Trustee in respect of any such term, provision or condition shall remain in full force and effect.
Section 4.09 Offer to Repurchase Upon Change of Control .
(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described in Section 3.07 hereof, the Company will make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to € 100,000 or an integral multiple of € 1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of repurchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and stating:
(1) that the Change of Control Offer is being made pursuant to this Section 4.09 and that all Notes tendered will be accepted for payment;
 
 -36- 

 

(2) the purchase price and the purchase date, which shall be no earlier than 30 days and no later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed (the “ Change of Control Payment Date ”);
(3) that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;
(4) that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control Payment, all Notes accepted for payment pursuant to the Change of Control Offer will cease to accrue interest after the Change of Control Payment Date;
(5) that Holders electing to have any Notes purchased pursuant to a Change of Control Offer will be required to surrender the Notes, with the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” attached to the Notes completed, to the Paying Agent at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the third Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date;
(6) that Holders will be entitled to withdraw their election if the Paying Agent receives, not later than the close of business on the second Business Day preceding the Change of Control Payment Date, a telegram, telex, facsimile transmission or letter setting forth the name of the Holder, the principal amount of Notes delivered for purchase, and a statement that such Holder is withdrawing his election to have the Notes purchased; and
(7) that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, which unpurchased portion must be equal to € 100,000 in principal amount or an integral multiple of € 1,000 in excess thereof.
The Issuer will comply with the requirements of Rule 14e-1 under the U.S. Exchange Act and any other securities laws and regulations thereunder to the extent those laws and regulations are applicable in connection with the repurchase of the Notes as a result of a Change in Control. To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.09, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.09 by virtue of such compliance.
(b) On the Change of Control Payment Date, the Issuer will, to the extent lawful:
(1) accept for payment all Notes or portions thereof properly tendered pursuant to the Change of Control Offer;
(2) deposit with the Paying Agent an amount equal to the Change of Control Payment in respect of all Notes or portions of Notes properly tendered;
(3) deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee the Notes properly accepted together with an Officer’s Certificate stating the aggregate principal amount of Notes being purchased by the Issuer;
(4) in the case of Global Notes, deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Principal Paying Agent the Global Notes in order to reflect thereon the portion of such Notes or portion thereof that have been tendered to and purchased by the Issuer; and
(5) in the case of Definitive Registered Notes, deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the relevant Registrar for cancellation all Definitive Registered Notes accepted for purchase by the Issuer.
If any Definitive Registered Notes have been issued, the Paying Agent, if so directed by the Issuer, will, at the expense of the Issuer, promptly mail to each Holder of Definitive Registered Notes properly tendered the Change of Control Payment for such Notes, and the Trustee, if so directed by the Issuer, will, at the expense of the Issuer, promptly authenticate and mail (or cause to be transferred by book-entry) to each Holder a new Definitive Registered Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered, if any, provided that each new Note will be in a principal amount of € 100,000 or an integral multiple of € 1,000 in excess thereof.
 
 -37- 

 

The Issuer will publicly announce the results of the Change of Control Offer on or as soon as practicable after the Change of Control Payment Date.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 4.09, the Issuer will not be required to make a Change of Control Offer upon a Change of Control if a third party makes the Change of Control Offer in the manner, at the times and otherwise in compliance with the requirements set forth in this Section 4.09 and purchases all Notes properly tendered and not withdrawn under the Change of Control Offer.
If and for so long as the Notes are listed on the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange so require, the Issuer will publish a public announcement with respect to the results of any Change of Control Offer in a leading newspaper of general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu).
Section 4.10 Limitation of Guarantees by Restricted Subsidiaries .
The Company shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, by way of the pledge of any intercompany note or otherwise, to assume, guarantee or in any other manner become liable with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (other than Permitted Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company), unless, in any such case, such Restricted Subsidiary executes and delivers a supplemental indenture substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto, providing a guarantee of payment of the Notes by such Restricted Subsidiary (and if such Indebtedness is by its terms subordinated in right of payment to the Notes, any such guarantee of such Restricted Subsidiary with respect to such Indebtedness shall be subordinated in right of payment to such Restricted Subsidiary’s Guarantee of the Notes to the same extent as such Indebtedness is subordinated to the Notes).
Section 4.11 Payments for Consent .
The Company will not, and will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, pay or cause to be paid any consideration to or for the benefit of any Holder of Notes for or as an inducement to any consent, waiver or amendment of any of the terms or provisions of this Indenture or the Notes unless such consideration is offered to be paid and is paid to all Holders of Notes that consent, waive or agree to amend in the time frame set forth in the solicitation documents relating to such consent, waiver or agreement.
Section 4.12 Maintenance of Listing .
The Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain and maintain the listing of the Notes on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the admission of the Notes for trading on the Euro MTF Market for so long as the Notes are outstanding; provided that if the Issuer is unable to obtain listing of the Notes on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange or if at any time the Issuer determines that it will not maintain such listing, it will obtain a listing of the Notes on another recognized stock exchange in western Europe prior to the delisting of the Notes from the Euro MTF market and thereafter the Issuer will use its commercially reasonable efforts to maintain such listing. So long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and if required by the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, a Paying Agent and Transfer Agent will be maintained in Luxembourg at all times that payments are required to be made in respect to the Notes.
Section 4.13 Further Instruments and Acts .
Upon request by the Trustee, but without an affirmative duty on the Trustee to do so, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall execute and deliver such further instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.
 
 -38- 

 

ARTICLE 5.
SUCCESSORS
Section 5.01 Merger, Sale and Lease .
(a) The Issuer may not consolidate with or merge, combine or amalgamate with any other Person, or sell, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s properties and assets to any Person, without the consent of the holders of any of the Outstanding Notes, unless:
(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Company ”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Bermuda, Canada or any province of Canada and the Successor Company (if not the Issuer) will expressly assume the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all the Notes and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture under a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee;
(2) immediately after the transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(3) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture, and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Company, and the Notes constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Successor Company, enforceable in accordance with their terms (in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) above.
(b) The Company may not consolidate with or merge, combine or amalgamate with any other Person, or sell, convey, lease or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of the Issuer’s properties and assets to any Person, without the consent of the holders of any of the Outstanding Notes, unless:
(1) the resulting, surviving or transferee Person (the “ Successor Greif ”) will be a Person organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State of the United States or the District of Columbia, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom, Bermuda, Canada or any province of Canada and the Successor Greif (if not the Company) will expressly assume the due and punctual payment of the principal of the Parent Guarantee and the due and punctual performance and observance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by the Company under a supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee, in form satisfactory to the Trustee;
(2) immediately after the transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(3) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each to the effect that such consolidation, merger or transfer and such supplemental indenture comply with this Indenture, and that all conditions precedent therein provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and is a legal, valid and binding agreement enforceable against the Successor Greif, and the Notes constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Successor Greif, enforceable in accordance with their terms (in each case, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee), provided that in giving an Opinion of Counsel, counsel may rely on an Officer’s Certificate as to any matters of fact, including as to satisfaction of clauses (2) above.
 
 -39- 

 

(c) This Section 5.01 will not apply to: (i) a merger of the Company with an Affiliate solely for the purpose of reincorporating the Company in another jurisdiction within the United States or (ii) any consolidation or merger, or any sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease or other disposition of assets between or among the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries.
Section 5.02 Successor Person Substituted.
Upon any consolidation or merger or any sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of the properties or assets of the Issuer or the Company in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01, the successor person formed by such consolidation or into which the Issuer or the Company is merged or to which such sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition is made, shall succeed to, and be substituted for, the Issuer or the Company, as applicable, under this Indenture, with the same effect as if such successor Person had been named as the Issuer or the Company under this Indenture and the predecessor Issuer or Company, as applicable, shall be discharged from all obligations under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture and any supplemental indenture, as applicable; provided , however , that the predecessor Issuer shall not be relieved from the obligation to pay the principal of, interest, premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes except in the case of a sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all of the assets of or a consolidation or merger of the Issuer in a transaction that is subject to, and that complies with the provisions of, Section 5.01.
Section 5.03 Securities to Be Secured in Certain Events .
If, upon any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease referred to in Section 5.01(b), any Principal Property of the Company or of any Restricted Subsidiary or any shares of stock or Indebtedness of any Restricted Subsidiary owned immediately prior thereto would, thereupon, become subject to any mortgage, security interest, pledge, lien or encumbrance, other than liens permitted under Section 4.04 or 4.06, without securing the Notes, the Company, prior to such consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease, will by indenture supplemental hereto secure the due and punctual payment of the principal of and interest on the Notes (equally and ratably with any other Indebtedness of the Company then, or as a result thereof to be, secured thereby) by a direct lien on such Principal Property, shares of stock or Indebtedness, prior to all liens other than any then existing thereon and then so permitted by Section 4.04 or Section 4.06.
Section 5.04 No Consolidation , Etc. , Shall Result in Event of Default .
Any consolidation, merger, sale, conveyance or lease referred to in Section 5.01 shall not be permitted under this Indenture unless immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing.
ARTICLE 6.
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES
Section 6.01 Events of Default .
(a) Each of the following is an “ Event of Default ”:
(1) the Issuer defaults for 30 days in the payment when due of interest on, or with respect to, the Notes;
(2) the Issuer defaults in the payment when due (at maturity or acceleration or otherwise) of the principal of, or premium, if any, on the Notes;
(3) the Issuer, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries fails to comply with the provisions of Section 4.09 hereof;
 
 -40- 

 

(4) the Issuer, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries defaults in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of the Issuer, the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in this Indenture (other than a covenant or warranty a default in whose performance or whose breach is elsewhere in this Section 6.01 specifically dealt with) and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 60 days, or, in the case of any failure to comply with Section 4.03 of this Indenture, 90 days, in each case after there has been given, by registered or certified mail, to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the Outstanding Notes a written notice specifying such default or breach and requiring it to be remedied and stating that such notice is a “Notice of Default” hereunder;
(5) the Issuer, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary or a group of Subsidiaries that in the aggregate would constitute a Significant Subsidiary pursuant to or under Bankruptcy Law:
(A) commences a voluntary case,
(B) consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,
(C) consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,
(D) makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or
(E) generally is not paying its debts as they become due; or
(6) a court of competent jurisdiction enters an order or decree under any Bankruptcy Law that:
(A) is for relief against the Issuer, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary,
(B) appoints a custodian of the Issuer, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary for all or substantially all of the property of the Issuer, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary, or
(C) orders the liquidation of the Issuer, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that is a Significant Subsidiary;
and the order or decree remains unstayed and in effect for 60 consecutive days.
(b) Upon becoming aware of any Default or Event of Default, the Issuer shall promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Default or Event of Default (and in no event later than 30 days after the occurrence thereof).
Section 6.02 Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission and Annulment .
If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default referred to in clause (5) of Section 6.01 with respect to the Issuer or the Company but including an Event of Default referred to in clause (5) of Section 6.01 solely with respect to a Significant Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that in the aggregate would constitute a Significant Subsidiary) with respect to the notes at the time outstanding occurs and is continuing, either the Trustee or the holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of outstanding notes may declare the principal amount of all notes due and payable immediately.
If an Event of Default under clause (5) in Section 6.01 with respect to the Issuer or the Company (but not with respect to a Significant Subsidiary, or group of Subsidiaries that in the aggregate would constitute a Significant Subsidiary), the principal of, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on all notes will automatically become immediately due and payable.
 
 -41- 

 

At any time after such a declaration or acceleration with respect to the Notes has been made but, before a judgment or decree based on acceleration has been obtained, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee, may rescind and annul such declaration and its consequences, if:
(1) the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee a sum sufficient to pay
(A) all overdue interest on all the Notes,
(B) the principal of (and premium, if any, on) any Notes which have become due otherwise than by such declaration of acceleration and interest thereon at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Notes, and
(C) to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest upon overdue interest at the rate or rates prescribed therefor in such Notes, and
(D) all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel; or
(2) all Events of Default with respect to the Notes, other than the non-payment of the principal of Notes which have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been waived as provided in Section 6.04.
 	
No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or impair any right consequent thereon.	
Section 6.03 Other Remedies .
If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy to collect the payment of principal, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture. Following such Event of Default, the Trustee is entitled to require all Agents to act under its discretion.
The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder of a Note in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. All remedies are cumulative to the extent permitted by law.
Section 6.04 Waiver of Past Defaults .
Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes by notice to the Trustee may on behalf of the Holders of all of the Notes waive an existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences hereunder, except a continuing Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of, premium, Additional Interest, if any, or interest on, the Notes (including in connection with an offer to purchase); provided , however , that the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may rescind an acceleration and its consequences, including any related payment default that resulted from such acceleration. Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist, and any Event of Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured for every purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereon.
 
 -42- 

 

Section 6.05 Control by Majority .
Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for exercising any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that the Trustee determines (after consultation with counsel) conflicts with law or this Indenture that the Trustee determines may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of other Holders of Notes or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability or expense; provided that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with any such direction. Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to reasonable security and/or prefunding and/or indemnification satisfactory to it against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action.
Section 6.06 Limitation on Suits .
Subject to Article 7, if any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee indemnity and/or security satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense. A Holder of a Note may pursue a remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes only if:
(1) the Holder of a Note gives to the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default;
(2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes make a written request to the Trustee to pursue the remedy;
(3) such Holder of a Note or Holders of Notes offer and, if requested, provide to the Trustee indemnity reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;
(4) the Trustee does not comply with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer and, if requested, the provision of indemnity; and
(5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes do not give the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.
A Holder of a Note may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder of a Note or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder of a Note.
Section 6.07 Rights of Holders to Receive Payment .
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of principal, premium and interest on the Note held by such Holder, on or after the respective due dates expressed in the Note (including in connection with an offer to purchase), or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.
Section 6.08 Collection Suit by Trustee .
If an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(1) or (2) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee is authorized to recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Issuer or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium and interest remaining unpaid on the Notes and interest on overdue principal and, to the extent lawful, interest and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel.
 
 -43- 

 

If the Issuer fails to pay such amounts forthwith upon such demand, the Trustee, in its own name as trustee of an express trust, may institute a judicial proceeding in its own name for the collection of the sums so due and unpaid, may prosecute such proceeding to judgment or final decree and may enforce the same against the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes and collect the moneys adjudged or decreed to be payable in the manner provided by law out of the property of the Issuer or any other obligor upon the Notes, wherever situated.
Section 6.09 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .
The Trustee is authorized to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect, receive and distribute any money or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof. To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.07 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties that the Holders may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceeding.
Section 6.10 Priorities .
If the Trustee collects any money pursuant to this Article 6, it shall pay out the money in the following order:
First : to the Trustee, its agents and attorneys for amounts due under Section 7.07 hereof, including payment of all compensation, expenses, indemnities and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;
Second : to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium and interest, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium and interest, respectively; and
Third : to the Issuer or to such party as a court of competent jurisdiction shall direct.
The Trustee may fix a Record Date and payment date for any payment to Holders of Notes pursuant to this Section 6.10, and in such case, the Trustee shall given written notice of such Record Date, payment date and amount to be paid to the Holders pursuant to this Section 6.10. At least 15 days before such Record Date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder and the Trustee a notice that states the Record Date, the payment date and the amount to be paid to the Holders.
Section 6.11 Undertaking for Costs .
In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as a Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 6.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof, or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes.
 
 -44- 

 

Section 6.12 Stay, Extension and Usury Laws .
The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries (to the extent that they may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waive all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenant that they will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.
ARTICLE 7.
TRUSTEE
Section 7.01 Duties of Trustee .
(a) If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in its exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.
(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice:
(1) the duties of the Trustee will be determined solely by the express provisions of this Indenture and the Trustee need perform only those duties that are specifically set forth in this Indenture and no others, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and
(2) the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture. However, with respect to certificates or opinions specifically required to be furnished to it hereunder, the Trustee will examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they substantially conform to the requirements of this Indenture.
(c) The Trustee may not be relieved from liabilities for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:
(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of paragraph (b) of this Section 7.01;
(2) the Trustee will not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and
(3) the Trustee will not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Sections 6.02, 6.04 and/or 6.05 hereof.
(4) No provision of this Indenture will require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or incur any liability. The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights and powers under this Indenture at the request of any Holders, unless such Holder has offered to the Trustee security and/or indemnity and/or prefunding satisfactory to it against any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense.
(d) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this Section 7.01.
(e) The Trustee will not be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
 -45- 

 

Section 7.02 Rights of Trustee .
(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any document (whether in original or facsimile form including any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper even if it has a monetary limit) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document (including any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness), but the Trustee, in its sole and absolute discretion, may make such further inquiry or investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit at the sole cost of the Issuer and shall incur no liability or additional liability of any kind by reason of such inquiry or investigation except for liability resulting from the Trustee’s willful misconduct, and, if the Trustee shall determine to make such further inquiry or investigation, it shall be entitled to examine the books, records and premises of the Issuer, personally or by agent or attorney.
(b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may require an Officer’s Certificate or an Opinion of Counsel or both. The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such Officer’s Certificate or Opinion of Counsel. The Trustee may retain professional advisors to assist them in performing their duties. The Trustee may consult with counsel or professional advisors and the written advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel will be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, suffered or omitted by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.
(c) The Trustee may act through its attorneys and agents and will not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent, attorney, delegate or depositary appointed with due care.
(d) The Trustee will not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith that it believes to be authorized or within the rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.
(e) Unless otherwise specifically provided in this Indenture, any demand, request, direction or notice from the Issuer will be sufficient if signed by an Officer of the Issuer.
(f) The Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to it against the costs, expenses and liabilities that might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.
(g) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of any matter (including a Default or Event of Default) unless a Responsible Officer of the Trustee assigned to and working in the Trustee’s Corporate Trust Office has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice of such matter is received by the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer and this Indenture.
(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified/secured, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and to each agent, custodian or other Person employed to act hereunder (including The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A.). Absent willful misconduct or gross negligence, each Paying Agent, Registrar and Transfer Agent shall not be liable for acting in good faith on instructions believed by it to be genuine and from the proper party.
(i) The Trustee will not be liable if prevented or delayed in performing any of its obligations or discretionary functions under this Indenture by reason of any present or future law applicable to it, by any governmental or regulatory authority or by any circumstances beyond its control.
(j) The Trustee may request that the Issuer deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.
 
 -46- 

 

(k) The Trustee shall have no duty to inquire as to the performance of the covenants of the Issuer in Article 4 hereof. In addition, the Trustee will not be deemed to have knowledge of any Default or Event of Default except any Default or Event of Default of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notification identifying the Notes or this Indenture. The Trustee will be under no obligation to monitor the financial performance of the Company.
(l) The Trustee shall be entitled to assume without enquiry, that the Issuer has performed in accordance with all of the provisions in this Indenture, unless notified to the contrary.
(m) The permissive rights of the Trustee to take the actions enumerated in this Indenture shall not be construed as an obligation or duty to do so and the Trustee will not be answerable other than for its own negligence or willful default.
(n) Notwithstanding any provision of this Indenture to the contrary, the Trustee shall not in any event be liable for indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), whether or not foreseeable, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of whether the claim for loss or damage is made in negligence, for breach of contract or otherwise.
(o) Delivery of reports, information and documents to the Trustee under Section 4.03 is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of the foregoing will not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s compliance with any of their covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates or Opinions of Counsel, as applicable).
(p) Neither the Trustee nor any clearing system through which the Notes are traded shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, determine or inquire as to compliance, and shall not be responsible or liable for compliance, with restrictions on transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of minimum denominations imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law or regulation with respect of any transfer, exchange, redemption, purchase or repurchase, as applicable, of interest in any Note.
(q) The Trustee is not required to give any bond or surety with respect to the performance of its duties or the exercise of its powers under this Indenture.
(r) In the event the Trustee receives inconsistent or conflicting requests and indemnity from two or more groups of Holders, each representing less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture, the Trustee, in its sole discretion, may determine what action, if any, will be taken.
(s) The Trustee may refrain from taking any action in any jurisdiction if the taking of such action in that jurisdiction would, in its opinion based upon legal advice in the relevant jurisdiction, be contrary to any law of that jurisdiction or, to the extent applicable, of New York. Furthermore, the Trustee may also refrain from taking such action if it would otherwise render it liable to any person in that jurisdiction or New York or if, in its opinion based upon such legal advice, it would not have the power to do the relevant thing in that jurisdiction by virtue of any applicable law in that jurisdiction or in New York or if it is determined by any court or other competent authority in that jurisdiction or in New York that it does not have such power.
Section 7.03 Individual Rights of Trustee .
The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, a Guarantor or any Affiliate of the Issuer with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days. Any Agent may do the same with like rights and duties.
 
 -47- 

 

Section 7.04 Trustee’s Disclaimer .
The Trustee will not be responsible for and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture, the Notes or any Guarantee, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision of this Indenture, it will not be responsible for the use or application of any money received by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee, and it will not be responsible for any statement or recital herein or any statement in the Notes, any statement or recital in any Officers’ Certificate delivered to the Trustee or any other document in connection with the sale of the Notes or pursuant to this Indenture other than its certificate of authentication.
Section 7.05 Notice of Defaults .
If a Default or Event of Default occurs and is continuing and if it is known to the Trustee (through the Issuer having so notified the Trustee), the Trustee will mail to Holders of Notes a notice of the Default or Event of Default within 90 days after it occurs. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of principal of, premium or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of the Holders of the Notes. The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice of a Default or Event of Default unless a Responsible Officer has received written notice of such Default or Event of Default.
Section 7.06 RESERVED.
Section 7.07 Compensation and Indemnity .
(a) The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, will pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder in accordance with the fee schedule previously agreed to by the Issuer and Trustee. If the Issuer and the Guarantors default in the payment of compensation to the Trustee, then interest at the default rate set forth in this Indenture shall be paid on the defaulted compensation. The Trustee’s compensation will not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust. The Issuer and each Guarantor, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Trustee promptly upon request for all reasonable disbursements, advances and expenses incurred or made by it including costs of collection, any additional fees the Trustee may incur acting after a Default or and Event of Default and any fees the Trustee may incur in connection with exceptional duties in relation thereto, in addition to the compensation for its services. Such expenses will include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and counsel.
(b) The Issuer and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will indemnify each of the Trustee and any predecessor Trustee, and hold it harmless, against any and all Losses incurred by it arising out of or in connection with the acceptance or administration of its duties under this Indenture, including the costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Issuer and the Guarantors (including this Section 7.07) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Issuer, a Guarantor or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder. The Trustee will notify the Issuer promptly of any claim for which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer will not relieve the Issuer or the Guarantors of their obligations hereunder. At the Trustee’s sole discretion, the Issuer will defend the claim and the Trustee will provide reasonable cooperation and may participate at the Issuer’s expense in the defense. Alternatively, the Trustee may at its option have separate counsel of its own choosing and the Issuer will pay the properly incurred fees and expenses of such counsel; provided that the Issuer will not be required to pay such fees and expenses if it assumes the Trustee’s defense and there is, in the opinion of the Trustee, no conflict of interest between the Issuer and the Trustee in connection with such defense and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Issuer need not reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss or liability to the extent incurred by the Trustee through its negligence or willful misconduct.
(c) The obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors under this Section 7.07 and any lien arising hereunder will survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee, the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to Article 11 or the termination of this Indenture.
 
 -48- 

 

(d) To secure the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ payment obligations in this Section 7.07, the Trustee will have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee, except that held in trust to pay principal and interest on particular Notes. Such lien will survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
(e) When the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 6.01(a)(5) or (6) hereof occurs, the expenses and the compensation for the services (including the fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.
(f) The parties to this Indenture agree that, at the request of the Trustee, the fees and expenses payable under this Section 7.07 may be reviewed and increased from time to time in accordance with such Trustee’s then current fee levels. In addition, the Trustee reserves the right at any time and from time to time to charge the Issuer properly incurred additional fees and expenses in respect of the performance by the Trustee of services hereunder in respect of any exercise by the Issuer or the Holders of any call or put option, exchanges, conversions, solicitations, offers, tenders or any other process that requires communication with the Holders or in respect of additional fees incurred after a Default, an Event of Default or for exceptional duties.
Section 7.08 Replacement of Trustee .
(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 7.08; provided that the resigning Trustee may appoint a successor Trustee that is reasonably satisfactory to the Issuer.
(b) The Trustee may resign in writing without giving any reason at any time and be discharged from the trust hereby created by so notifying the Issuer. The Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Trustee and the Issuer in writing. The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:
(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof;
(2) the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;
(3) a custodian or public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or
(4) the Trustee becomes incapable of acting.
(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer will promptly appoint a successor Trustee. Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.
(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the resigning Trustee resigns or is removed, the resigning Trustee, the Issuer, or the Holders of at least 10% in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Issuer any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(e) If the Trustee, after written request by any Holder who has been a Holder for at least six months, fails to comply with Section 7.10 hereof, such Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.
(f) A successor Trustee will deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the resigning Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the resigning Trustee will become effective, and the successor Trustee will have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. The successor Trustee will mail a notice of its succession to Holders. The resigning Trustee will promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, provided all sums owing to the Trustee hereunder have been paid and subject to the lien provided for in Section 7.07 hereof. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.08, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.07 hereof will continue for the benefit of the resigning Trustee.
 
 -49- 

 

(g) The Issuer covenants that, in the event of the Trustee or any Agent giving reasonable notice pursuant to this Section 7.08, it shall use its best endeavors to procure a successor Trustee or Agent to be appointed. If a successor Trustee or Agent is not appointed and does not take office within 30 days after the resigning Trustee or Agent resigns or is removed, the resigning Trustee or Agent may appoint a successor Trustee or Agent at any time prior to the date on which a successor Trustee or Agent takes office. If a successor Trustee or Agent does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee or Agent resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee or Agent, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 25% in outstanding principal amount of the Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee at the expense of the Issuer.
Section 7.09 Successor Trustee by Merger , Etc .
If the Trustee consolidates, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation, the successor corporation without any further act will be the successor Trustee.
Section 7.10 Eligibility; Disqualification .
There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof or a European Union Member State or a political subdivision thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by U.S. federal or state authorities and that has a combined capital and surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent published annual report of condition.
Section 7.11 Communications .
In no event shall the Trustee or any of its Affiliates be liable for any Losses arising to the Trustee or any of its Affiliates receiving or transmitting any data from the Issuer, Guarantor any Authorized Person or any party to the transaction via any non-secure method of transmission or communication, such as, but without limitation, by facsimile or email. The parties hereto accept that some methods of communication are not secure and the Trustee or any of its Affiliates shall incur no liability for receiving Instructions via any such non-secure method. The Trustee or any of its Affiliates is authorized to comply with and rely upon any such notice, Instructions or other communications believed by it to have been sent or given by an Authorized Person or an appropriate party to the transaction (or authorized representative thereof). The Issuer or authorized officer of the Issuer shall use all reasonable endeavors to ensure that Instructions transmitted to the Trustee or any of its Affiliates pursuant to this Indenture are complete and correct. Any Instructions shall be conclusively deemed to be valid Instructions from the Issuer or authorized officer of the Issuer to the Trustee or any of its Affiliates for the purposes of this Indenture.
For purposes of this Article 7:
“ Authorized Person ” means any person who is designated in writing by the Issuer from time to time to give Instructions to the Trustee under the terms of this Indenture.
“ Instructions ” means any written notices, written directions or written instructions received by the Trustee in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by the Trustee to be an Authorized Person.
“ Losses ” means any and all claims, losses, liabilities, damages, costs, expenses and judgments (including legal fees and expenses) sustained by either party.
 
 -50- 

 

ARTICLE 8.
LEGAL DEFEASANCE AND COVENANT DEFEASANCE
Section 8.01 Option to Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .
The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a resolution set forth in an Officer’s Certificate, at any time, elect to have either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof be applied to all Outstanding Notes, the Parent Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article 8.
Section 8.02 Legal Defeasance and Discharge .
Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.02, the Issuer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be deemed to have been discharged from their obligations with respect to all Outstanding Notes (including the Parent Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any) on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Legal Defeasance ”). For this purpose, Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, will be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire Indebtedness represented by the Outstanding Notes (including the Parent Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any), which will thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.05 hereof and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to in clauses (1) and (2) below, and to have satisfied all their other obligations under such Notes, the Parent Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, and this Indenture (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following provisions which will survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:
(1) the rights of Holders of Outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, or interest or premium, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due from the trust referred to in Section 8.04 hereof;
(2) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust;
(3) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee hereunder and the Issuer’s, the Company’s and the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations in connection therewith; and
(4) this Section 8.02.
Subject to compliance with this Article 8, the Issuer may exercise its option under this Section 8.02 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.03 hereof.
Section 8.03 Covenant Defeasance .
Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03, the Issuer, the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, will, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, be released from each of their obligations under the covenants contained in Sections 4.03, 4.04, 4.05, 4.07, 4.09, 4.10 and Article 5 hereof with respect to the Outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof are satisfied (hereinafter, “ Covenant Defeasance ”), and the Notes will thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but will continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes will not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes). For this purpose, Covenant Defeasance means that, with respect to the Outstanding Notes, the Parent Guarantee and Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, the Issuer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, may omit to comply with and will have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and such omission to comply will not constitute a Default or an Event of Default under Section 6.01 hereof, but, except as specified above, the remainder of this Indenture and such Notes, Parent Guarantee and Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, will be unaffected thereby. In addition, upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.01 hereof of the option applicable to this Section 8.03 hereof, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 8.04 hereof, Sections 6.01(a)(3) and 6.01(a)(4) hereof will not constitute an Event of Default.
 
 -51- 

 

Section 8.04 Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .
In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance under either Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof:
(1) the Issuer must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, in trust, for the benefit of the Holders, cash in euros, non-callable European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in amounts as will be sufficient, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants, to pay the principal of, premium and interest on the Outstanding Notes on the stated date for payment thereof or on the applicable redemption date, as the case may be, and the Issuer must specify whether the Notes are being defeased to maturity or to a particular redemption date;
(2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit (other than a Default or Event of Default resulting from the borrowing of funds to be applied to such deposit);
(3) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders of Notes being defeased over the other creditors of the Issuer with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Issuer or others;
(4) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance have been complied with;
(5) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the United States to the effect that Holders will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred (and in the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel in the United States must be based on a ruling of the U.S. Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law since the Issue Date);
(6) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that, as of the date of such opinion and subject to customary assumptions and exclusions, following the deposit, the trust funds will not be subject to the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, administration, moratorium, receivership or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally under any applicable U.S. federal or state law and that the Trustee has a perfected security interest in such trust funds for the ratable benefit of the Holders;
(7) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the trust resulting from the deposit does not constitute, or is qualified as, a regulated investment company under the U.S. Investment Company Act of 1940; and
(8) the Issuer must deliver to the Trustee all other documents or other information that the Trustee may reasonably require in connection with the Issuer’s option under Section 8.02 or Section 8.03 hereof.
 
 -52- 

 

Section 8.05 Deposited Money and European Government Obligations to Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions .
Subject to Section 8.06 hereof, all money and non-callable European Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee (or other qualifying trustee, collectively for purposes of this Section 8.05, the “ Trustee ”) pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof in respect of the Outstanding Notes will be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or a Subsidiary acting as Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium and Additional Interest, if any, and interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
The Issuer and the Company will, jointly and severally, pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash or non-callable European Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.04 hereof or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the Outstanding Notes.
The obligations of the Issuer under this Section 8.05 shall survive the resignation or renewal of the Trustee and/or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
Notwithstanding anything in this Article 8 to the contrary, the Trustee will deliver or pay to the Issuer from time to time upon the request of the Issuer any money or non-callable European Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.04 hereof which, in the opinion of a nationally recognized firm of independent public accountants expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee (which may be the opinion delivered under Section 8.04(1) hereof), are in excess of the amount thereof that would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.
Section 8.06 Repayment to Issuer .
Subject to applicable law, any money deposited with the Trustee or any Paying Agent, or then held by the Issuer, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer on its request or (if then held by the Issuer) will be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note will thereafter be permitted to look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Issuer as trustee thereof, will thereupon cease.
Section 8.07 Reinstatement .
If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any euros or non-callable European Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be, by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, then the Issuer’s, the Company’s and each Subsidiary Guarantor’s, if any, obligations under this Indenture, the Notes, the Parent Guarantee and the Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, will be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such money in accordance with Section 8.02 or 8.03 hereof, as the case may be; provided , however , that, if the Issuer makes any payment of principal of, premium and Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on any Note following the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer will be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
 
 -53- 

 

ARTICLE 9.
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER
Section 9.01 Without Consent of Holders of Notes .
Notwithstanding Section 9.02 of this Indenture, the Issuer, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Parent Guarantee, the applicable Subsidiary Guarantee, if any, or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note:
(1) to cure any ambiguity, defect, omission or inconsistency;
(2) to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes or to alter the provisions of Article 2 hereof (including the related definitions) in a manner that does not materially adversely affect any Holder;
(3) to provide for the assumption of the Issuer’s, the Company’s or the Subsidiary Guarantors’, if any, obligations to the Holders of the Notes, the Parent Guarantee or Subsidiary Guarantees, if any, by a successor to the Issuer, the Company or such Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, pursuant to Article 5 or Article 10 hereof;
(4) to make any change that would provide any additional rights or benefits to the Holders of the Notes or that does not adversely affect the legal rights under this Indenture of any Holder of the Notes;
(5) to provide for the issuance of Additional Notes in accordance with the limitations set forth in this Indenture as of the date hereof;
(6) to conform the text of this Indenture or the Notes to any provision of the “Description of Notes” section of the Offering Memorandum to the extent that such provision in this Indenture was intended (as certified in the applicable Officer’s Certificate delivered to the Trustee) to be a verbatim recitation of a provision of the “Description of Notes”;
(7) to allow the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, to execute a supplemental indenture and/or a Subsidiary Guarantee with respect to the Notes; or
(8) to evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of a successor Trustee pursuant to the requirements hereof.
Upon the request of the Company accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 12.04 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, in the execution of any amended or supplemental indenture authorized or permitted by the terms of this Indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements and stipulations that may be therein contained, but the Trustee will not be obligated to enter into such amended or supplemental indenture that affects its own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.
Section 9.02 With Consent of Holders of Notes .
Except as provided below in this Section 9.02, the Issuer, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 4.09) and the Notes with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes (including, without limitation, Additional Notes, if any) voting as a single class (including, without limitation, consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, any existing Default or Event of Default (other than a Default or Event of Default in the payment of the principal of or premium or interest on the Notes, except a payment default resulting from an acceleration that has been rescinded) or compliance with any provision of this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes, including Additional Notes, if any, voting as a single class (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for, or purchase of, the Notes). Section 2.08 hereof shall determine which Notes are considered to be Outstanding Notes for purposes of this Section 9.02.
 
 -54- 

 

Upon the request of the Issuer accompanied by a resolution of its Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such amended or supplemental indenture, and upon the filing with the Trustee of evidence satisfactory to the Trustee of the consent of the Holders of Notes as aforesaid, and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Sections 7.02 and 12.04 hereof, the Trustee will join with the Issuer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, in the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture unless such amended or supplemental indenture directly affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise, in which case the Trustee may in its discretion, but will not be obligated to, enter into such amended or supplemental indenture.
It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.
After an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 becomes effective, the Issuer will mail to the Holders of Notes affected thereby a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver. Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, will not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver. Subject to Sections 6.04 and 6.07 hereof, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes voting as a single class may waive compliance in a particular instance by the Issuer with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes or the Guarantees, if any. However, without the consent of each Holder affected, an amendment, supplement or waiver under this Section 9.02 may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder):
(1) reduce the principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment, supplement or waiver;
(2) reduce the principal of or change the fixed maturity of any Note or alter or waive any of the provisions with respect to the redemption of the Notes (other than the provisions relating to the repurchase of Notes pursuant to Section 4.09 of this Indenture);
(3) reduce the rate of or change the time for payment of interest, including default interest, on any Note;
(4) waive a Default or Event of Default in the payment of principal of or premium or interest on the Notes (except a rescission of acceleration of the Notes by the Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the then Outstanding Notes and a waiver of the payment default that resulted from such acceleration);
(5) make any Note payable in money other than that stated in the Notes;
(6) make any change in the provisions of this Indenture relating to waivers of past Defaults or the rights of Holders of Notes to receive payments of principal of, or interest or premium on the Notes;
(7) waive a redemption payment with respect to any Note (other than a payment required by Section 4.09 of this Indenture); or
(8) make any change in Section 6.04 or 6.07 hereof or in the foregoing amendment and waiver provisions in this Section 9.02.
 
 -55- 

 

Section 9.03 Revocation and Effect of Consents .
Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder.
Section 9.04 Notation on or Exchange of Notes .
The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated. The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall, upon receipt of an Authentication Order, authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.
Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note will not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.
Section 9.05 Trustee to Sign Amendments , Etc .
The Trustee will sign any amended or supplemental indenture authorized pursuant to this Article 9 if the amendment or supplement does not adversely affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. The Issuer, the Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, may not sign an amended or supplemental indenture until the respective Board of Directors approves it. In executing any amended or supplemental indenture, the Trustee will be provided with and (subject to Section 7.01 hereof) will be fully protected in relying upon, in addition to the documents required by Section 12.04 hereof, an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amended or supplemental indenture is authorized or permitted by this Indenture. In signing any amendment, supplement or waiver, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive security and/or indemnity and/or prefunding satisfactory to it.
ARTICLE 10.
GUARANTEE
Section 10.01 Guarantee .
(a) Subject to this Article 10, each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally, unconditionally guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and to the Trustee and its successors and assigns, irrespective of the validity and enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes or the obligations of the Issuer hereunder or thereunder, that:
(1) the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes will be promptly paid in full when due, whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, and interest on the overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be promptly paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and
(2) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise.
Upon the occurrence of an Event of Default, each Guarantor will be jointly and severally obligated to pay the same immediately. Each Guarantor agrees that this is a guarantee of payment and not a guarantee of collection.
 
 -56- 

 

(b) Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder are unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of the Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, the recovery of any judgment against the Issuer, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor. Each Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this Guarantee will not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations contained in the Notes and this Indenture.
(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Issuer, a Guarantor or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Issuer or such Guarantor, any amount paid by either to the Trustee or such Holder, this Guarantee, to the extent theretofore discharged, will be reinstated in full force and effect.
(d) Each Guarantor agrees that its right of subrogation in relation to the Holders in respect of any obligations guaranteed hereby is hereby subordinated until payment in full of all obligations guaranteed hereby and each Guarantor shall take no action with respect to its right of subrogation until such payment in full of all such guaranteed obligations. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between such Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (1) the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article 6 hereof for the purposes of this Subsidiary Guarantee, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (2) in the event of any declaration of acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article 6 hereof, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) will forthwith become due and payable by such Guarantor for the purpose of this Guarantee.
Section 10.02 Limitation on Subsidiary Guarantor Liability .
Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by its acceptance of Notes, each Holder, hereby confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the Subsidiary Guarantee of the Subsidiary Guarantors not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Bankruptcy Law, the U.S. Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the U.S. Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar U.S. federal or state law or other applicable law to the extent applicable to any Subsidiary Guarantee. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Trustee, the Holders and each Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor will be limited to the maximum amount that will, after giving effect to such maximum amount and all other contingent and fixed liabilities of each Subsidiary Guarantor that are relevant under such laws, result in the obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance.
Section 10.03 Execution and Delivery of Guarantee .
To evidence its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof, each Guarantor hereby agrees that a notation of Guarantee substantially in the form attached as Exhibit D hereto will be endorsed by an Officer of such Guarantor on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee and that this Indenture will be executed on behalf of such Guarantor by one of its Officers.
Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its Guarantee set forth in Section 10.01 hereof will remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse on each Note a notation of such Guarantee.
If an Officer whose signature is on this Indenture or on the Guarantee no longer holds that office at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note on which a Guarantee is endorsed, the Guarantee will be valid nevertheless.
The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof hereunder, will constitute due delivery of the Guarantee, if any, set forth in this Indenture on behalf of each Guarantor.
 
 -57- 

 

Section 10.04 Subsidiary Guarantor May Consolidate , Etc. , on Certain Terms .
(a) Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into, any Person that is (either before or after giving effect to such transaction) an Affiliate of the Company, unless that Affiliate unconditionally assumes all of the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Indenture and its Subsidiary Guarantee pursuant to a supplemental indenture reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee, provided , however , such assumption shall not be required if:
(1) such Person is a Subsidiary Guarantor at the time of the transaction; or
(2) such sale or other disposition is an arms’-length transaction between such Subsidiary Guarantor, the Issuer or an Affiliate of the Company and such Subsidiary Guarantor receives consideration equal to the fair market value of the assets transferred.
(b) Except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05 hereof, no Subsidiary Guarantor shall sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets to, or consolidate with or merge with or into, any Person that is not an Affiliate of the Company (whether or not such Subsidiary Guarantor is the surviving Person) other than the Issuer unless immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Default or Event of Default exists.
(c) In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale or conveyance and upon the assumption by the successor Affiliate, by supplemental indenture, executed and delivered to the Trustee and satisfactory in form to the Trustee, of the Subsidiary Guarantee endorsed upon the Notes and the due and punctual performance of all of the covenants and conditions of this Indenture to be performed by each Subsidiary Guarantor, such successor Affiliate will succeed to and be substituted for such Guarantor with the same effect as if it had been named herein as a Subsidiary Guarantor. Such successor Affiliate thereupon may cause to be signed any or all of the Subsidiary Guarantees to be endorsed upon all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee. All the Subsidiary Guarantees so issued will in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Subsidiary Guarantees theretofore and thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Subsidiary Guarantees had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.
(d) Except as set forth in Articles 4 and 5 hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes will prevent any consolidation or merger of a Subsidiary Guarantor with or into the Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor, or will prevent any sale or conveyance of the property of a Subsidiary Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Issuer or another Subsidiary Guarantor.
Section 10.05 Releases .
Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes by the Company or by a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company shall provide by its terms that it shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, upon:
(1) the unconditional release of such Restricted Subsidiary from its liability in respect of the Indebtedness in connection with which such Subsidiary Guarantee was executed and delivered pursuant to Section 4.10 hereof; or
(2) any sale or other disposition (by merger or otherwise) to any Person which is not a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company of all of the Capital Stock of, or all or substantially all of the assets of, such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) such sale or disposition of such Capital Stock or assets is otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Indenture and (b) such assumption, guarantee or other liability of such Restricted Subsidiary has been released by the holders of the other Indebtedness so guaranteed.
 
 -58- 

 

ARTICLE 11.
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE
Section 11.01 Satisfaction and Discharge .
This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued hereunder, when:
(1) either:
(a) all Notes that have been authenticated (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes that have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation; or
(b) all Notes that have not been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the mailing of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders, cash in euros, non-callable European Government Obligations, or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient without consideration of any reinvestment of interest, to pay and discharge the entire Indebtedness on the Notes not delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium and accrued interest to the date of maturity or redemption;
(2) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such deposit or will occur as a result of such deposit (other than as a result of the borrowing of the funds to be used to make the deposit);
(3) the Issuer, the Company or any Subsidiary Guarantor, if any, has paid or caused to be paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture; and
(4) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes at maturity or on the redemption date, as the case may be.
In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officer’s Certificate and Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.
Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, if money has been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to subclause (b) of clause (1) of this Section 11.01, the provisions of Sections 8.06 and 11.02 will survive. In addition, nothing in this Section 11.01 will be deemed to discharge those provisions of Section 7.07 hereof, that, by their terms, survive the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture.
Section 11.02 Application of Trust Money .
Subject to the provisions of Section 8.06 hereof, all money deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 11.01 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent (including the Issuer or one of its Subsidiaries acting as its own Paying Agent) as the Trustee may determine, to the Persons entitled thereto, of the principal (and premium and Additional Interest, if any) and interest for whose payment such money has been deposited with the Trustee; but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.
 
 -59- 

 

If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any money or European Government Obligations in accordance with Section 11.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and any Guarantor’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 11.01; provided that if the Issuer has made any payment of principal of, premium or interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or European Government Obligations held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.
ARTICLE 12.
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 12.01 Reserved .
Section 12.02 Notices .
Any notice or communication by the Company, the Guarantors, if any, or the Trustee to the others is duly given if in writing and delivered in Person or mailed by first class mail (registered or certified, return receipt requested), facsimile transmission or overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery, to the others’ address:
If to the Company and/or the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any:
Greif, Inc.
425 Winter Road
Delaware, OH 43015
Facsimile No.: (740) 549-6101
Attention: General Counsel
With a copy to:
Baker & Hostetler LLP
65 E. State Street, Suite 2100
Columbus, OH 43215
Facsimile No.: (614) 462-2616
Attention: Joseph Boeckman
If to the Issuer (with copies to Greif, Inc. and Baker & Hostetler LLP to their addresses above):
Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A.
15, rue Jean-Pierre Kommes
L-6988 Hostert
Luxembourg
SCS: B-161823
If to the Trustee:
One Canada Square
London E14 5AL
United Kingdom
Telecopier No.: +44 207 964 2536
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
Each of the Issuer, the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, or the Trustee, by notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.
 
 -60- 

 

All notices and communications (other than those sent to Holders) will be deemed to have been duly given: at the time delivered by hand, if personally delivered; five Business Days after being deposited in the mail, postage prepaid, if mailed; when answered back, if telexed; when receipt acknowledged, if transmitted by facsimile; and the next Business Day after timely delivery to the courier, if sent by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery.
Any notice or communication to a Holder will be mailed by first class mail, certified or registered, return receipt requested, or by overnight air courier guaranteeing next day delivery to its address shown on the register kept by the Registrar. Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it will not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.
If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above within the time prescribed, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.
If the Issuer mails a notice or communication to Holders, it will mail a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.
In addition, so long as any of the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange so require, notices will be published in a leading newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ). In the case of Definitive Notes, all notices to Holders will be validly given if mailed to them at their respective addresses in the Register of such Notes, if any, maintained by the Registrar. Each such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or, if published more than once on different dates, on the first date on which publication is made; provided that, if notices are mailed, such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the later of such publication and the seventh day after being so mailed. For so long as any Notes are represented by Global Notes, all notices to Holders will be delivered to Euroclear and Clearstream.
Section 12.03 Reserved .
Section 12.04 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .
Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee:
(1) an Officer’s Certificate in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied; and
(2) an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee (which must include the statements set forth in Section 12.05 hereof) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied.
Section 12.05 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .
Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include:
(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;
(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;
 
 -61- 

 

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been satisfied; and
(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been satisfied.
Section 12.06 Rules by Trustee and Agents .
The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.
Section 12.07 No Personal Liability of Directors , Officers , Employees and Stockholders .
No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer or the Company or any of the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, or Permitted Holders, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or the Company or the Subsidiary Guarantors, if any, under the Notes, the Guarantees, this Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. The waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the United States federal securities laws and under the laws of Luxembourg.
Section 12.08 Governing Law .
THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. THE APPLICATION OF THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLES 86 TO 94-8 OF THE LUXEMBOURG LAW OF 10 AUGUST 1915 ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES, AS AMENDED, IS EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED.
Section 12.09 Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service.
To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Issuer and Subsidiary Guarantors not organized under the laws of the United States of America, if any, irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of and venue in any federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, County and State of New York, United States of America, in any suit or proceeding based on or arising out of or under or in connection with this Indenture, the Notes and the Subsidiary Guarantees, if applicable, and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in any such court. Each of the Issuer and each such Subsidiary Guarantor, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrevocably and fully waives the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit or proceeding and each of the Issuer and each such Subsidiary Guarantor acknowledges that it has, by separate written instrument, (i) irrevocably designated and appointed CT Corporation System (the “ Authorized Agent ”) (and any successor entity) as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, (ii) irrevocably authorized and directed the Authorized Agent to accept such service and (iii) agreed that service of process upon the Authorized Agent and written notice of said service to it mailed by first class mail or delivered to the Authorized Agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon them in any such suit or proceeding. If the Authorized Agent ceases to exist, the Issuer and each such Subsidiary Guarantor agree (i) to irrevocably designate and appoint such other U.S. process agent (the “ Replacement Agent ”) as its authorized agent upon whom process may be served in any such suit or proceeding, (ii) to irrevocably authorized and direct the Replacement Agent to accept such service and (iii) that service of process upon the Replacement Agent and written notice of said service to it mailed by first class mail or delivered to the Replacement Agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process upon them in any such suit or proceeding. Nothing herein shall affect the right of any person to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. Each of the Issuer and each such Subsidiary Guarantor agrees that a final action in any such suit or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other lawful manner.
 
 -62- 

 

Each of the Issuer and each such Subsidiary Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by law, any immunity to jurisdiction to which it may otherwise be entitled (including, without limitation, immunity to pre-judgment attachment, post-judgment attachment and execution) in any legal suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or based on this Indenture, the Notes or the transactions contemplated hereby.
The provisions of this Section 12.09 are intended to be effective upon the execution of this Indenture and the Notes without any further action by the Issuer or any Guarantor or the Trustee and the introduction of a true copy of this Indenture into evidence shall be conclusive and final evidence as to such matters.
Section 12.10 No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements .
This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Issuer, the Company or its Subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.
Section 12.11 Successors .
All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of a Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 10.05.
Section 12.12 Severability .
In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.
Section 12.13 Counterpart Originals .
The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
Section 12.14 Table of Contents , Headings , Etc .
The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.
Section 12.15 Waiver of Jury Trial .
EACH OF THE ISSUER, THE COMPANY AND THE TRUSTEE HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES OR THE TRANSACTION CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
 
 -63- 

 

Section 12.16 Force Majeure .
In no event shall the Trustee be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations hereunder arising out of or caused by, directly or indirectly, forces beyond its control, including, without limitation, strikes, work stoppages, accidents, acts of war or terrorism, civil or military disturbances, nuclear or natural catastrophes or acts of God, and interruptions, loss or malfunctions of utilities, communications or computer (software and hardware) services resulting from such forces; it being understood that the Trustee shall use reasonable efforts which are consistent with accepted practices in the banking industry to resume performance as soon as practicable under the circumstances.
Section 12.17 Prescription .
Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will be prescribed ten years after the applicable due date for payment thereof. Claims against the Issuer or any Guarantor for the payment of interest on the Notes will be prescribed five years after the applicable due date for payment of interest.
[Signatures on following page]
 
 -64- 

 

SIGNATURES
Dated as of July 15, 2011
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	GREIF LUXEMBOURG FINANCE S.C.A.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For and on behalf of
Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	/s/ John K. Dieker	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By: Greif Luxembourg S.à r.l., its general partner Duly represented herein by John K. Dieker, acting in his capacity as duly authorized proxy of Greif Luxembourg S.à r.l.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	GREIF, INC.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ Robert M. McNutt	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 
Name: Robert M. McNutt	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Title:   Chief Financial Officer	 	 	
 
 -65- 

 

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Trustee and Principal Paying Agent	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ Trevor Blewer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Name: Trevor Blewer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Title:   Vice President	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (LUXEMBOURG) S.A.
as Registrar, Transfer Agent and Luxembourg Paying Agent	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	/s/ Trevor Blewer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Name: Trevor Blewer	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Title:   Vice President	 	 	
 
 -66- 

 

EXHIBIT A
[Face of Note]
[Insert the Global Note Legend , if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
[Insert the Private Placement Legend , if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
[Insert the Original Issue Discount Legend , if applicable pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture]
ISIN: [ • ] 1
Common Code: [ • ] 2
7.375% Senior Notes due 2021

No.  _____ 	 	€ [_____]	
GREIF LUXEMBOURG FINANCE S.C.A., a corporate partnership limited by shares ( société en commandite par actions ) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg on June 29, 2011, with its registered office located at 15, rue Jean-Pierre Kommes, L-6988 Hostert, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B-161823, promises to pay to [_____] or its registered assigns, the principal sum of [_____] euro on July 15, 2021 or such greater or lesser amount as may be indicated in Schedule A hereto.
Interest Payment Dates: January 15 and July 15
Record Dates: January 1 and July 1
Additional provisions of this Note are set forth on the other side of this Note.

 	 	 	
1	 	144A ISIN: XS0647108421
Regulation S ISIN: XS0647108264	
 		
2	 	144A Common Code: 064710842
Regulation S Common Code: 064710826	
 
 A-1 

 

Dated: [ • ]
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	GREIF LUXEMBOURG FINANCE S.C.A.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For and on behalf of
Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By: Greif Luxembourg S.à r.l., its general partner Duly represented herein by [ • ], acting in his capacity as duly authorized proxy of Greif Luxembourg S.à r.l.	 	
 
 A-2 

 

This is one of the Notes referred to
in the within-mentioned Indenture:
Dated: [ • ]
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 
Authorized Signatory	 	 	
 
 A-3 

 

[Reverse of Note]
7.375% Senior Notes due 2021
Capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture referred to below unless otherwise indicated.
(1)  INTEREST . Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A., a corporate partnership limited by shares ( société en commandite par actions ) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg on June 29, 2011, with its registered office located at 15, rue Jean-Pierre Kommes, L-6988 Hostert, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B-161823 (the “ Issuer ”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at 7.375% per annum from July 15, 2011 until maturity. The Issuer will pay interest semi-annually in arrears on January 15 and July 15 of each year, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day (each, an “ Interest Payment Date ”). Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from the date of issuance; provided that if there is no existing Default in the payment of interest, and if this Note is authenticated between a Record Date referred to on the face hereof and the next succeeding Interest Payment Date, interest shall accrue from such next succeeding Interest Payment Date; provided , further , that the first Interest Payment Date shall be January 15, 2012. The Issuer will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and premium, if any, from time to time on demand at a rate that is 1% per annum in excess of the rate then in effect to the extent lawful; it will pay interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue installments of interest and (without regard to any applicable grace periods) from time to time on demand at the same rate to the extent lawful. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months.
(2)  METHOD OF PAYMENT . The Issuer will pay interest on the Notes to the Persons who are registered Holders at the close of business on the January 1 or July 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Date, even if such Notes are canceled after such Record Date and on or before such Interest Payment Date, except as provided in Section 2.12 of the Indenture with respect to defaulted interest. The Notes will be payable as to principal, premium, if any, and interest at the office or agency of the Issuer maintained for such purpose as provided in the Indenture or, at the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders; provided that payment by wire transfer of immediately available funds will be required with respect to principal of and interest and premium, if any, on all Global Notes and all other Notes the Holders of which will have provided wire transfer instructions to the Issuer or the Paying Agent. Such payment will be in such coin or currency of the European Union as at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts.
(3)  PAYING AGENT AND REGISTRAR . Initially, the Trustee will act as Principal Paying Agent and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. will act as Paying Agent in Luxembourg and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder. The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may act in any such capacity.
(4)  INDENTURE . The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of July 15, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Issuer, Greif, Inc. (the “ Company ”), the Trustee and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of such terms. To the extent any provision of this Note conflicts with the express provisions of the Indenture, the provisions of the Indenture shall govern and be controlling. The Notes are unsecured obligations of the Issuer.
(5)  OPTIONAL REDEMPTION . The Issuer may redeem the Notes at its option, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes redeemed plus the Applicable Premium, plus accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant regular Record Date to receive interest due on an interest payment date that is on or prior to the redemption date).
 
 A-4 

 

(6)  REDEMPTIOIN FOR CHANGES IN TAXES . The Issuer may redeem the Notes, in whole but not in part, at its discretion at any time upon giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ prior notice to the Holders (which notice will be irrevocable and given in accordance with the procedures described in Section 3.03 of the Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof, together with accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date fixed by the Issuer for redemption (a “ Tax Redemption Date ”) and all Additional Amounts (if any) then due and which will become due on the Tax Redemption Date as a result of the redemption or otherwise (subject to the right of Holders on the relevant Record Date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date and Additional Amounts (if any) in respect thereof), if on the next date on which any amount would be payable in respect of the Notes, the Issuer is or would be required to pay Additional Amounts, and the Issuer cannot avoid any such payment obligation by taking reasonable measures available, and the requirement arises as a result of:
(1) any amendment to, or change in, the laws (or any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder) of a relevant Tax Jurisdiction which change or amendment is announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Issue Date, such later date); or
(2) any amendment to, or change in, an official written interpretation or application of such laws, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment, order by a court of competent jurisdiction or a change in published administrative practice) which amendment or change is announced and becomes effective on or after the Issue Date (or, if the applicable Tax Jurisdiction became a Tax Jurisdiction on a date after the Issue Date, such later date).
The Issuer will not give any such notice of redemption earlier than 60 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer would be obligated to make such payment or withholding if a payment in respect of the notes were then due, and the obligation to pay Additional Amounts must be in effect at the time such notice is given. Prior to the publication or, where relevant, mailing of any notice of redemption of the Notes pursuant to the foregoing, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee an opinion of independent tax counsel of recognized expertise in the laws of the relevant jurisdiction and satisfactory to the Trustee to the effect that there has been such amendment or change which would entitle the Issuer to redeem the notes hereunder. In addition, before the Issuer publishes or mails notice of redemption of the Notes as described above, it will deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate to the effect that it cannot avoid its obligation to pay Additional Amounts by the Issuer taking reasonable measures available to it.
Such Officer’s Certificate will also set forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer to so redeem the Notes have been fulfilled.
The Trustee will accept and shall be entitled to conclusively rely on such Officer’s Certificate and opinion as sufficient evidence of the existence and satisfaction of the conditions precedent as described above, in which event it will be conclusive and binding on the Holders.
(7)  MANDATORY REDEMPTION . The Issuer will not be required to make mandatory redemption or sinking fund payments with respect to the Notes.
(8)  OFFER TO REPURCHASE UPON CHANGE OF CONTROL . Upon the occurrence of a Change of Control, unless the Issuer has exercised its right to redeem the Notes as described in Section 3.07 of the Indenture, the Issuer will make an offer (a “ Change of Control Offer ”) to each Holder to repurchase all or any part (equal to € 100,000 or an integral multiple of € 1,000 in excess thereof) of each Holder’s Notes at a repurchase price in cash equal to 101% of the aggregate principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, on the Notes repurchased, to the date of repurchase (the “ Change of Control Payment ”). Within 30 days following any Change of Control, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder describing the transaction or transactions that constitute the Change of Control and setting forth the procedures governing the Change of Control Offer as required by the Indenture.
(9)  NOTICE OF REDEMPTION . Notice of redemption shall be given in accordance with Section 3.03 of the Indenture and with the effect of notice of redemption is set forth in Section 3.04 of the Indenture.
 
 A-5 

 

(10)  DENOMINATIONS , TRANSFER , EXCHANGE . The Notes are in registered form without coupons in minimum denominations of € 100,000 and integral multiples of € 1,000 in excess thereof. The transfer of Notes may be registered and Notes may be exchanged as provided in the Indenture. The Registrar and the Trustee may require a Holder, among other things, to furnish appropriate endorsements and transfer documents. The Registrar may not require a Holder to pay any taxes and fees, except as otherwise set forth in the Indenture. The Registrar need not exchange or register the transfer of any Note or portion of a Note selected for redemption, except for the unredeemed portion of any Note being redeemed in part. Also, the Registrar need not exchange or register the transfer of any Notes for a period of 15 days before a selection of Notes to be redeemed or during the period between a Record Date and the corresponding Interest Payment Date.
(11)  PERSONS DEEMED OWNERS . The registered Holder of a Note may be treated as its owner for all purposes.
(12)  AMENDMENT , SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER . The provisions of the Indenture governing amendment, supplement and waiver are set forth in Article 9 of the Indenture
(13)  DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES . Events of Default and Remedies are set forth in Article 6 of the Indenture.
(14)  TRUSTEE DEALINGS WITH ISSUER . The Trustee, in its individual or any other capacity, may make loans to, accept deposits from and perform services for the Issuer or its Affiliates, and may otherwise deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates, as if it were not the Trustee.
(15)  NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator or shareholder of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as such, will have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Guarantees or the Indenture, or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.
(16)  AUTHENTICATION . This Note will not be valid until authenticated by the manual signature of the Trustee or an authenticating agent.
(17)  ABBREVIATIONS . Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian) and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).
(18)  ISIN NUMBERS AND COMMON CODES . The Issuer has caused ISIN numbers and Common Codes to be printed on the Notes and the Trustee may use ISIN numbers and Common Codes in notices of redemption as a convenience to Holders. No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers either as printed on the Notes or as contained in any notice of redemption and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers placed thereon.
(19)  GOVERNING LAW . THE INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY. THE APPLICATION OF THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLES 86 TO 94-8 OF THE LUXEMBOURG LAW OF 10 AUGUST 1915 ON COMMERCIAL COMPANIES, AS AMENDED, IS EXPRESSLY EXCLUDED.
 
 A-6 

 

The Issuer will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:
Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A.
15, rue Jean-Pierre Kommes
L-6988 Hostert
Luxembourg
SCS: B-161823
 
 A-7 

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM
To assign this Note, fill in the form below:
(I) or (we) assign and transfer this Note to:
 
(Insert assignee’s legal name)
 
(Insert assignee’s soc. sec. or tax I.D. no.)

 
(Print or type assignee’s name, address and Zip Code)
and irrevocably appoint
 
to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer. The Agent may substitute another to act for him.
Date:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Your Signature:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 
Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)	 	 	
Signature Guarantee*: ____________________
 	 	 	
*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).	
 
 A-8 

 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE
If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.09 of the Indenture, check the box: o
If you want to elect to have only part of the Note purchased by the Company pursuant to Section 4.09 of the Indenture, state the amount you elect to have purchased:
€ _______________
Date:  _____ 
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Your Signature:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 
(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	Tax Identification No.:	 	 	 	 	
Signature Guarantee*: ____________________
 	 	 	
*	 	Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program (or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Trustee).	
 
 A-9 

 

Schedule A
SCHEDULE OF EXCHANGES OF INTERESTS IN THE GLOBAL NOTE*
The following exchanges of a part of this Global Note for an interest in another Global Note or for a Definitive Note, or exchanges of a part of another Global Note or Definitive Note for an interest in this Global Note, have been made:
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Principal Amount of	 	 	
 	 	Amount of decrease	 	Amount of increase	 	this Global Note	 	Signature of	
 	 	in Principal Amount	 	in Principal Amount	 	following such	 	authorized officer of	
Date of Exchange	 	of this Global Note	 	of this Global Note	 	decrease or increase	 	Trustee or Custodian	

*	 	This Schedule should be included only if the Note is issued in global form.	
 
 A-10 

 

EXHIBIT B
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A.
15, rue Jean-Pierre Kommes
L-6988 Hostert
Luxembourg
SCS: B-161823
The Bank of New York Mellon
One Canada Square
London E14 5AL
United Kingdom
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
Re: Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A. Senior Notes
o 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 15, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A., as Issuer, Greif, Inc., as Guarantor, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee and Principal Paying Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Paying Agent in Luxembourg, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                                          , (the “ Transferor ”) owns and proposes to transfer the Note[s] or beneficial interest in such Note[s] specified in Annex A hereto, in the principal amount of €                      (the “ Transfer ”), to                                           (the “ Transferee ”), as further specified in Annex A hereto. In connection with the Transfer, the Transferor hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
1.  o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the 144A Global Note or a Definitive Note Pursuant to Rule 144A . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ U.S. Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or Definitive Note is being transferred to a Person that the Transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or Definitive Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such Transfer is in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the 144A Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and under the U.S. Securities Act.
 
 B-1 

 

2.  o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note or a Definitive Note pursuant to Regulation S . The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the U.S. Securities Act and, accordingly, the Transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the Transfer is not being made to a Person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the Transferee was outside the United States or such Transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the Transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such Transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act, (iii) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the 40-day “Distribution Compliance Period” under Regulation S, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than a “Distributor” as defined in Rule 902 of Regulation S) and the transferred beneficial interest will be held immediately after such Transfer through Euroclear or Clearstream, Luxembourg. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Regulation S Global Note and/or the Definitive Note and in the Indenture and under the U.S. Securities Act.
3.  o Check if Transferee will take delivery of a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note or of an Unrestricted Definitive Note .
(a)  o Check if Transfer is pursuant to Rule 144 . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144 under the U.S. Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(b)  o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Regulation S . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the U.S. Securities Act and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will no longer be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
(c)  o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to an Effective Registration Statement . The Transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States pursuant to an effective registration statement under the U.S. Securities Act and in compliance with the prospectus delivery requirements of the U.S. Securities Act.
(d)  o Check if Transfer is Pursuant to Other Exemption . (i) The Transfer is being effected pursuant to and in compliance with an exemption from the registration requirements of the U.S. Securities Act other than Rule 144, Rule 903 or Rule 904 and in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any State of the United States and (ii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act. Upon consummation of the proposed Transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or Definitive Note will not be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Global Notes or Restricted Definitive Notes and in the Indenture.
4.  o Check if Transfer is to the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries . The transfer is being effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions contained in the Indenture and any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
 
 B-2 

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 	 	[Insert Name of Transferor]	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 
Name:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	
Dated:  _____ 
 
 B-3 

 

ANNEX A TO CERTIFICATE OF TRANSFER
1. The Transferor owns and proposes to transfer the following:
[CHECK ONE OF (a) OR (b)]

 	(a)	 	o a beneficial interest in the:	
 		
 	(i)	 	o 144A Global Note (144A ISIN: XS0647108421, 144A Common Code: 064710842), or	
 		
 	(ii)	 	o Regulation S Global Note (Regulation S ISIN: XS0647108264, Regulation S Common Code: 064710826)	
 		
 	(b)	 	o a Restricted Definitive Note.	
 		
 	2.	 	After the Transfer the Transferee will hold:	
[CHECK ONE]

 	(a)	 	o a beneficial interest in the:	
 		
 	(i)	 	o 144A Global Note (144A ISIN: XS0647108421, 144A Common Code: 064710842), or	
 		
 	(ii)	 	o Regulation S Global Note (Regulation S ISIN: XS0647108264, Regulation S Common Code: 064710826), or	
 		
 	(iii)	 	o Unrestricted Global Note (144A ISIN: [ • ], 144A Common Code: [ • ]); or	
 		
 	(b)	 	o a Restricted Definitive Note; or	
 		
 	(c)	 	o an Unrestricted Definitive Note,	
in accordance with the terms of the Indenture
 
 B-4 

 

EXHIBIT C
FORM OF CERTIFICATE OF EXCHANGE
Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A.
15, rue Jean-Pierre Kommes
L-6988 Hostert
Luxembourg
SCS: B-161823
The Bank of New York Mellon
One Canada Square
London E14 5AL
United Kingdom
Attention: Corporate Trust Administration
Re: Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A Senior Notes
o 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021
(144A Common Code: : 064710842; Regulation S Common Code: 064710826;
144A ISIN: XS0647108421; Regulation S ISIN: XS0647108264)
Reference is hereby made to the Indenture, dated as of July 15, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A., as Issuer, Greif, Inc., as Guarantor, The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee and Principal Paying Agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as Paying Agent in Luxembourg, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Indenture.
                                                               , (the “ Owner ”) owns and proposes to exchange the Note[s] or beneficial interest in such Note[s] specified herein, in the principal amount of €                      (the “ Exchange ”). In connection with the Exchange, the Owner hereby certifies that:
[CHECK ALL THAT APPLY]
(a)  o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ U.S. Securities Act ”), (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
(b)  o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the U.S. Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
 
 C-1 

 

(c)  o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the U.S. Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act and (iv) the beneficial interest in an Unrestricted Global Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
(d)  o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to Unrestricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Owner’s Exchange of a Restricted Definitive Note for an Unrestricted Definitive Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer, (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to Restricted Definitive Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the U.S. Securities Act, (iii) the restrictions on transfer contained in the Indenture and the Private Placement Legend are not required in order to maintain compliance with the U.S. Securities Act and (iv) the Unrestricted Definitive Note is being acquired in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States.
2.  Exchange of Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes for Restricted Definitive Notes or Beneficial Interests in Restricted Global Notes .
(a)  o Check if Exchange is from beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note to Restricted Definitive Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note for a Restricted Definitive Note in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies that the Restricted Definitive Note is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the Restricted Definitive Note issued will continue to be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the Restricted Definitive Note and in the Indenture and under the U.S. Securities Act.
(b)  o Check if Exchange is from Restricted Definitive Note to beneficial interest in a Restricted Global Note. In connection with the Exchange of the Owner’s Restricted Definitive Note for a beneficial interest in the [CHECK ONE] o 144A Global Note, o Regulation S Global Note, in an equal principal amount, the Owner hereby certifies (i) the beneficial interest is being acquired for the Owner’s own account without transfer and (ii) such Exchange has been effected in compliance with the transfer restrictions applicable to the Restricted Global Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with the U.S. Securities Act, and in compliance with any applicable blue sky securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed Exchange in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the beneficial interest issued will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated in the Private Placement Legend printed on the relevant Restricted Global Note and in the Indenture and under the U.S. Securities Act.
 
 C-2 

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.
 	 	 	 	 	
 	[Insert Name of Transferor]
 	 	
 	By:  	 	 	
 	 	Name:  	 	 	
 	 	Title:  	 	 	
 	
Dated:
 
 C-3 

 

EXHIBIT D
FORM OF NOTATION OF GUARANTEE
For value received, the Guarantors (which term includes any successor Person under the Indenture) have unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture and subject to the provisions in the Indenture, dated as of July 15, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”), among Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A., a corporate partnership limited by shares ( société en commandite par actions ) incorporated under the laws of Luxembourg on June 29, 2011, with its registered office located at 15, rue Jean-Pierre Kommes, L-6988 Hostert, Luxembourg and registered with the Luxembourg Register of Commerce and Companies under number B-161823 (the “ Issuer ”), Greif, Inc. (the “ Company ”), each subsidiary guarantor from time to time party thereto (together with the Company, a “ Guarantor ” and, collectively, the “ Guarantors ”), The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee (the “ Trustee ”) and principal paying agent, and The Bank of New York Mellon (Luxembourg) S.A., as paying agent in Luxembourg, transfer agent and registrar, (a) the due and punctual payment of the principal of, premium, if any, Additional Amounts, if any, and interest on the Notes (as defined in the Indenture), whether at maturity, by acceleration, redemption or otherwise, the due and punctual payment of interest on overdue principal of and interest on the Notes, if any, if lawful, and the due and punctual performance of all other obligations of the Issuer to the Holders or the Trustee all in accordance with the terms of the Indenture and (b) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or any of such other obligations, that the same will be promptly paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise. The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders of Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to the Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article 10 of the Indenture and reference is hereby made to the Indenture for the precise terms of the Guarantee. [This Guarantee shall be automatically and unconditionally released and discharged, without any further action required on the part of the Trustee or any Holder, upon the occurrence of either of the events set forth in Section 10.05 of the Indenture.] 3
 	 	 	 	 	
 	[GUARANTOR]
 	 	
 	By:  	 	 	
 	 	Name:  	 	 	
 	 	Title:  	 	 	

 	 	 	
3	 	To be included in Subsidiary Guarantee only.	
 
 D-1 

 

EXHIBIT E
[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]
SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of                      , 20_____, among                                           (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of Greif, Inc. (or its permitted successor), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A. (the “ Issuer ”), the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).
WHEREAS, the Issuer has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of July 15, 2011 providing for the issuance of 7.375% Senior Notes due 2021 (the “ Notes ”);
WHEREAS, the Indenture provides that under certain circumstances the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall execute and deliver to the Trustee a supplemental indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Issuer’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Subsidiary Guarantee ”); and
WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 9.01 of the Indenture, the Trustee is authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Trustee mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:
1. Capitalized Terms . Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.
2. Agreement to Guarantee . The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article 10 thereof.
3. No Recourse Against Others . No past, present or future director, officer, employee, incorporator, stockholder or agent of the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guaranteeing Subsidiary under the Notes, any Guarantees, the Indenture or this Supplemental Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of the Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes. Such waiver may not be effective to waive liabilities under the federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.
4. New York Law to Govern . THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SHALL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.
5. Counterparts . The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.
6. Effect of Headings . The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.
 
 E-1 

 

7. The Trustee . The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary, the Company and the Issuer.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.
Dated:                      , 20___
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 
Name:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	GREIF LUXEMBOURG FINANCE S.C.A.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	For and on behalf of
Greif Luxembourg Finance S.C.A.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By: Greif Luxembourg S.à r.l., its general partner Duly represented herein by [ • ], acting in his capacity as duly authorized proxy of Greif Luxembourg S.à r.l.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	GREIF, INC.	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	[EXISTING SUBSIDIARY GUARANTORS]	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
as Trustee	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	By:	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	 	 	Authorized Signatory	 	 	
 
 E-2